Thursday, December 16, 2010

Part II

Department of Energy 10 CFR Part 430 Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers; Final Rule and Interim Final Rule

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78810 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY procedures, they also include significant FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. revisions with respect to the Subid Wagley, U.S. Department of 10 CFR Part 430 measurement of compartment Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and [Docket No. EERE–2009–BT–TP–0003] temperatures and compartment Renewable Energy, Building volumes. These measurements will Technologies Program, EE–2J, 1000 RIN 1904–AB92 provide a more comprehensive Independence Avenue, SW., accounting of energy usage by these Washington, DC 20585–0121, 202–287– Energy Conservation Program for products. The amended test procedure 1414, e-mail: [email protected] Consumer Products: Test Procedures will modify the long-time automatic or Mr. Michael Kido, U.S. Department of for Refrigerators, Refrigerator- defrost test procedure to capture all Energy, Office of the General Counsel, Freezers, and Freezers energy use associated with the defrost GC–71, 1000 Independence Avenue, AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and cycle, establish a test procedure for SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121. Renewable Energy, Department of products with a single compressor and Telephone: (202) 586–8145. E-mail: Energy. multiple evaporators with active defrost [email protected]. cycles, incorporate into the energy use SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: ACTION: Final rule, Interim final rule. metric the energy use associated with This final rule and interim final rule incorporate SUMMARY: On May 27, 2010, the U.S. icemaking for products with automatic icemakers, and clarify requirements on by reference into part 430 the following Department of Energy (DOE) issued a industry standards: notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) temperature control settings during testing. (1) ANSI/AHAM HRF–1–1979, to amend the test procedures for (Revision of ANSI B38.1–1970), (‘‘HRF– refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and DATES: The amendments to §§ 430.2, 1–1979’’), American National Standard, freezers. That proposed rulemaking 430.3, 430.23 and Appendix A1 and Household Refrigerators, Combination serves as the basis for today’s action. Appendix B1 (the final rule) are Refrigerator-Freezers and Household DOE is issuing a final rule regarding effective January 18, 2011. The Freezers, approved May 17, 1979; Appendix A1 and Appendix B1, and an additions of Appendix A and Appendix (2) AHAM Standard HRF–1–2008, interim final rule for Appendix A and B (the interim rule) are effective April (‘‘HRF–1–2008’’), Association of Home Appendix B. The final rule amends the 15, 2011. Appliance Manufacturers, Energy and current procedures, incorporating The final rule changes will be Internal Volume of Refrigerating changes that will take effect 30 days mandatory for product testing starting Appliances (2008), including Errata to after the final rule publication date. June 14, 2011. Comments on the interim Energy and Internal Volume of These changes will be mandatory for final rule are due February 14, 2011. Refrigerating Appliances, Correction product testing to demonstrate The incorporation by reference of Sheet issued November 17, 2009. ‘‘ compliance with the current energy ANSI/AHAM HRF–1–1979, ( HRF–1– You can purchase copies of AHAM ’’ standards and for representations 1979 ), (Revision of ANSI B38.1–1970), standards from the Association of Home starting 180 days after publication. American National Standard, Appliance Manufacturers, 1111 19th These changes, which will not affect Household Refrigerators, Combination Street, NW., Suite 402, Washington, DC measured energy use, include test Refrigerator-Freezers and Household 20036, 202–872–5955, or http:// procedures to account for refrigerator- Freezers, approved May 17, 1979, IBR www.aham.org. freezers equipped with variable anti- approved for Appendices A1 and B1 to You can also view copies of these sweat heater controls, establishing test Subpart B, in the final rule is approved standards at the U.S. Department of procedures for refrigerator-freezers by the Director of the Office of the Energy, Resource Room of the Building equipped with more than two Federal Register as of January 18, 2011. Technologies Program, 950 L’Enfant The incorporation by reference of compartments, making minor Plaza, SW., 6th Floor, Washington, DC AHAM Standard HRF–1–2008 (‘‘HRF– adjustments to eliminate any potential 20024, (202) 586–2945, between 9 a.m. 1–2008’’), Association of Home ambiguity regarding how to conduct and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, Appliance Manufacturers, Energy and tests, and clarifying certain reporting except Federal holidays. requirements. The interim final rule Internal Volume of Refrigerating establishes amended test procedures for Appliances (2008), including Errata to Table of Contents refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and Energy and Internal Volume of I. Background and Authority freezers that would be required for Refrigerating Appliances, Correction II. Summary of the Final Rule and Interim measuring energy consumption once Sheet issued November 17, 2009, IBR Final Rule DOE promulgates new energy approved for Appendices A and B to III. Discussion conservation standards for these Subpart B, in the interim rule is A. Products Covered by the Proposed products. These new standards are approved by the Director of the Office Revisions B. Combination Wine Storage-Freezer currently under development in a of the Federal Register as of April 15, 2011. Units separate rulemaking activity and will C. Establishing New Appendices A and B, apply to newly manufactured products ADDRESSES: The public may review and Compliance Dates for the Amended starting in 2014. Today’s action also copies of all materials related to this Test Procedures discusses the treatment of combination rulemaking at the U.S. Department of D. Amendments To Take Effect Prior to a wine storage-freezer products that were Energy, Resource Room of the Building New Energy Conservation Standard the subject of a recent test procedure Technologies Program, 950 L’Enfant 1. Procedures for Test Sample Preparation waiver, energy use measurement round- Plaza, SW., Suite 600, Washington, DC, 2. Product Clearances to Walls During off, and additional topics raised by (202) 586–2945, between 9 a.m. and 4 Testing 3. Alternative Compartment Temperature stakeholders during the rulemaking’s p.m., Monday through Friday, except Sensor Locations comment period. Federal holidays. Please call Ms. Brenda 4. Median Temperature Settings for While the amended test procedures Edwards at the above telephone number Electronic Control Products and will be based largely on the test for additional information regarding Establishment of Dual Standardized methodology used in the existing test visiting the Resource Room. Temperatures

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78811

5. Test Procedures for Convertible I. Background and Authority September 18, 2008, DOE issued a Compartments and Special Title III of the Energy Policy and framework document to initiate that Compartments rulemaking. 73 FR 54089. On September 6. Establishing a Temperature-Averaging Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291, et seq.; ‘‘EPCA’’ or, ‘‘the Act’’) sets forth a 29, 2008, DOE held a public workshop Procedure for Auxiliary Compartments to discuss the framework document and 7. Modified Definition for Anti-Sweat variety of provisions designed to Heater improve energy efficiency. (All issues related to the rulemaking. The 8. Applying the Anti-Sweat Heater Switch references to EPCA refer to the statute framework document identified several Averaging Credit to Energy Use as amended through the Energy test procedure issues, including: (1) Calculations Independence and Security Act of 2007 Compartment temperature changes; (2) 9. Incorporation of Test Procedures for (EISA 2007), Pub. L. 110–140 (Dec. 19, modified volume calculation methods; Products With Variable Anti-Sweat 2007)). Part B of title III (42 U.S.C. (3) products that deactivate energy- Heating Control Waivers 6291–6309), which was subsequently using features during energy testing; (4) 10. Elimination of Part 3 of the Variable variable anti-sweat heaters; (5) Defrost Test redesignated as Part A for editorial reasons, establishes the ‘‘Energy references to the updated AHAM 11. Corrections and Other Test Procedure Standard HRF–1–2008, (‘‘HRF–1–2008’’), Language Changes Conservation Program for Consumer 12. Including in Certification Reports Basic Products Other Than Automobiles.’’ Association of Home Appliance Information Clarifying Energy Refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and Manufacturers, Energy and Internal Measurements freezers (collectively referred to below Volume of Refrigerating Appliances 13. Rounding Off Energy Test Results as ‘‘refrigeration products’’) are all (2008), including Errata to Energy and E. Amendments To Take Effect treated as ‘‘covered products’’ under this Internal Volume of Refrigerating Simultaneously With a New Energy Part. (42 U.S.C. 6291(1)–(2) and Appliances, Correction Sheet issued Conservation Standard 6292(a)(1)). Under the Act, this program November 17, 2009; (6) convertible 1. Modification of Long-Time and Variable compartments; and (7) harmonization Defrost Test Method To Capture consists essentially of three parts: (1) Testing, (2) labeling, and (3) Federal with international test procedures. Precooling and Temperature-Recovery (‘‘Energy Conservation Standards Energy energy conservation standards. The 2. Establishing Test Procedures for testing requirements consist of test Rulemaking Framework Document for Multiple Defrost Cycle Types procedures that manufacturers of Residential Refrigerators, Refrigerator- 3. Incorporating by Reference AHAM covered products must use (1) as the Freezers, and Freezers,’’ RIN 1904– Standard HRF–1–2008 for Measuring basis for certifying to DOE that their AB79, Docket No. EERE–2008–BT– Energy and Internal Volume of products comply with the applicable STD–0012) DOE initiated this test Refrigerating Appliances energy conservation standards adopted procedure rulemaking in part to address 4. Establishing New Compartment under EPCA, and (2) for making these issues, and published a notice of Temperatures proposed rulemaking on May 27, 2010, 5. Establishing New Volume Calculation representations about the efficiency of those products. Similarly, DOE must use hereafter referred to as ‘‘the NOPR.’’ 75 Method FR 29824. 6. Control Settings for Refrigerators and these test requirements to determine Refrigerator-Freezers During Testing whether the products comply with any In response to issue (3) mentioned 7. Icemakers and Icemaking relevant standards promulgated under above as applied to automatic F. Other Issues EPCA. icemakers, DOE separately published a 1. Electric Heaters By way of background, the National guidance document addressing various 2. Vacuum Insulation Panel Performance Appliance Energy Conservation Act of aspects related to the icemaker, 3. Metric Units 1987 (NAECA), Public Law 100–12, including the manner in which to G. Compliance With Other EPCA amended EPCA by including, among measure icemaking energy usage as well Requirements other things, performance standards for as set-up issues during testing. 1. Test Burden ‘‘ 2. Potential Amendments To Include residential refrigeration products. (42 ( Additional Guidance Regarding Standby and Off Mode Energy U.S.C. 6295(b)). On November 17, 1989, Application of Current Procedures for Consumption DOE amended these performance Testing Energy Consumption of 3. Addressing Changes in Measured Energy standards for products manufactured on Refrigerator-Freezers with Automatic Ice Use or after January 1, 1993. 54 FR 47916. Makers,’’ (December 18, 2009) published IV. Procedural Requirements DOE subsequently published a at 75 FR 2122 (January 14, 2010)). A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 correction to revise these new standards B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility General Test Procedure Rulemaking for three product classes. 55 FR 42845 Process Act (October 24, 1990). DOE again updated C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Under 42 U.S.C. 6293, EPCA sets forth Act of 1995 the performance standards for D. Review Under the National refrigeration products on April 28, 1997, the criteria and procedures DOE must Environmental Policy Act of 1969 for products manufactured on or after follow when prescribing or amending E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 July 1, 2001. 62 FR 23102. test procedures for covered products. F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 EISA 2007 amended EPCA to require EPCA provides in relevant part that G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates DOE to determine by December 31, ‘‘[a]ny test procedures prescribed or Reform Act of 1995 2010, whether amending the energy amended under this section shall be H. Review Under the Treasury and General conservation standards in effect for reasonably designed to produce test Government Appropriations Act, 1999 refrigeration products would be results which measure energy I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). To efficiency, energy use * * * or J. Review Under the Treasury and General comply with this requirement, DOE estimated annual operating cost of a Government Appropriations Act, 2001 K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 began a new rulemaking to examine the covered product during a representative L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal potential adoption of new energy average use cycle or period of use, as Energy Administration Act of 1974 conservation standards for these determined by the Secretary [of Energy], M. Congressional Notification products. 75 FR 59470 (Sept. 27, 2010) and shall not be unduly burdensome to V. Approval of the Office of the Secretary (hereafter, ‘‘standards NOPR’’). On conduct.’’ (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78812 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

In addition, if DOE determines that a procedures under 42 U.S.C. provisions for determining the annual test procedure amendment is warranted, 6293(b)(1)(A). DOE anticipates that its energy use in kilowatt-hours (kWh) and it must publish proposed test next evaluation of this test procedure the annual operating cost for electricity procedures and offer the public an will occur in a manner consistent with for refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. opportunity to present oral and written the timeline set out in this provision. Also, consistent with the regulations comments. (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(2)). When Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers set out in 10 CFR part 430, the 1989 and considering amending a test procedure, 2003 final rules terminated all the DOE must determine ‘‘to what extent, if DOE’s test procedures for refrigerators previous refrigerator and refrigerator- any, the proposed test procedure would and refrigerator-freezers are found at 10 freezer test procedure waivers that DOE alter the * * * measured energy use CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A1. * * * of any covered product as DOE initially established its test had previously granted to manufacturers determined under the existing test procedures for refrigerators and before the issuance of the 2003 rule. procedure.’’ (42 U.S.C. 6293(e)(1)). If refrigerator-freezers in a final rule Since the issuance of that rule, DOE has DOE determines that the amended test published in the Federal Register on granted 11 waivers, which fall into two procedure would alter the measured September 14, 1977. 42 FR 46140. broad groupings. First, on April 24, energy use of a covered product, DOE Industry representatives viewed these 2007, DOE granted a waiver to Liebherr must also amend the applicable energy test procedures as too complex and Hausgera¨te (Liebherr waiver), permitting conservation standard accordingly. (42 eventually developed alternative test testing of a combination wine storage- U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)). procedures in conjunction with AHAM freezer line of appliances using a With respect to today’s rulemaking, that were incorporated into the 1979 standardized temperature of 55 °F for DOE has determined that five of the version of HRF–1, ‘‘Household the wine storage compartment, as amendments it is adopting Refrigerators, Combination Refrigerator- opposed to the 45 °F temperature (compartment temperature changes Freezers, and Household Freezers’’ prescribed for fresh food compartments (described in section III.E.4), volume (HRF–1–1979). Using this industry- of refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. calculation method changes (described created test procedure, DOE revised its 72 FR 20333, 20334. test procedures on August 10, 1982. 47 in section III.E.5), amendments to Second, DOE has granted 10 waivers FR 34517. On August 31, 1989, DOE capture precooling and partial recovery allowing manufacturers to use a energy use (described in section III.E.1), published a final rule establishing test modified procedure to test refrigeration amendments in the test procedures for procedures for variable defrost control products that use ambient condition special compartments using heat (a system that varies the time intervals sensors that adjust anti-sweat heater addition to control temperature between defrosts based on the defrost (described in section III.D.5), and new need), dual-compressor refrigerator- power consumption. These variable test procedures that address products freezers, and freezers equipped with anti-sweat heaters prevent condensation with a single compressor with multiple ‘‘quick-freeze’’ (a manually-initiated on the external surfaces of refrigerators evaporators with active defrost cycles feature that bypasses the thermostat and and refrigerator-freezers. The new (described in section III.E.2)) will runs the compressor continuously until control addressed by the waivers uses change the measured energy use of terminated). 54 FR 36238. DOE most sensors that detect ambient conditions refrigeration products when compared recently amended these test procedures to energize the heaters only when to the current test procedure. In such in a final rule published March 7, 2003, needed. The procedure described by situations, EPCA requires a standards which modified the test period used for these waivers provides a method for rulemaking to address such changes in products equipped with long-time manufacturers to determine the energy measured energy efficiency. (42 U.S.C. automatic defrost or variable defrost. 68 consumed by a refrigerator using this 6293(e)(2)). DOE is considering the FR 10957. The term ‘‘long-time type of variable control system. The first impacts of these changes as part of its automatic defrost’’ identifies the use of of these waivers was granted to the standards rulemaking for refrigeration an automatic defrost control in which General Electric Company (GE) on products, noted above. successive defrosts are separated by February 27, 2008. 73 FR 10425. The Today’s rule also fulfills DOE’s more than 14 hours of compressor run full set of such waivers is summarized obligation to periodically review its test time. The test procedures include in Table I.1 below.

TABLE I.1—VARIABLE ANTI-SWEAT HEATER CONTROL WAIVERS

Manufacturer Waiver status Case No. Date Federal Register citation

GE ...... Granted ...... RF–007 2/27/2008 73 FR 10425 Whirlpool ...... Granted ...... RF–008 5/5/2009 74 FR 20695 Electrolux ...... Granted ...... RF–009 12/15/2009 74 FR 66338 Electrolux ...... Granted ...... RF–010 3/11/2010 75 FR 11530 Samsung ...... Granted ...... RF–011 3/18/2010 75 FR 13120 Electrolux ...... Granted ...... RF–012 4/29/2010 75 FR 22584 Haier ...... Granted ...... RF–013 6/7/2010 75 FR 32175 Samsung ...... Granted ...... RF–014 8/3/2010 75 FR 45623 GE ...... Granted ...... RF–015 8/19/2010 75 FR 51262 LG ...... Granted ...... RF–016 8/19/2010 75 FR 51264

After granting a waiver, DOE 430.27(m). This rulemaking addresses Freezers regulations generally direct the agency this requirement. Once today’s final rule to initiate a rulemaking that would becomes effective, any waivers it DOE’s test procedures for freezers are amend the regulations to eliminate the addresses will terminate. found at 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, continued need for the waiver. 10 CFR appendix B1. DOE established its test

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78813

procedures for freezers in a final rule procedures for freezers with variable Current Refrigeration Product Test published in the Federal Register on defrost control and freezers with the Procedure Rulemaking September 14, 1977. 42 FR 46140. As quick-freeze feature. 54 FR 36238. The with DOE’s test procedures for test procedures were amended on The NOPR for this rulemaking was refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, September 20, 1989, to correct the published on May 27, 2010. 75 FR industry representatives viewed the effective date published in the August 29824. The public meeting was held freezer test procedures as too complex 31, 1989 rule. 54 FR 38788. The current June 22, 2010. At the meeting, DOE and worked with AHAM to develop test procedures include provisions for discussed the NOPR, detailed the alternative test procedures, which were determining the annual energy use in proposed revisions, and solicited oral incorporated into the 1979 version of kWh and annual electrical operating comments from meeting participants. HRF–1. DOE revised its test procedures costs for freezers. Numerous stakeholders attended the for freezers based on this AHAM meeting and/or provided written standard on August 10, 1982. 47 FR DOE has not issued any waivers from comments. These parties are identified 34517. The August 31, 1989, final rule the freezer test procedures since the in Table I.2 below. mentioned above established test promulgation of the 1989 final rule.

TABLE I.2—STAKEHOLDERS THAT SUBMITTED ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMENTS

Oral Written Name Acronym Type* comments comments

AcuTemp/ThermoCor ...... ThermoCor ...... CS ✔ American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy ...... ACEEE ...... EA ✔ ✔ Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers ...... AHAM ...... IR ✔ ✔ California Investor-Owned Utilities ...... IOUs ...... U ✔ Earthjustice ...... Earthjustice ...... EA ✔ ✔ Electrolux Major Appliances North America ...... Electrolux ...... M ✔ ✔ Energy Solutions for California Investor-Owned Utilities ...... IOUs ...... U ✔ Fisher & Paykel Appliances Ltd ...... Fisher & Paykel ...... M ✔ General Electric Consumer and Industrial ...... GE ...... M ✔ ✔ NanoPore Insulation, LLC ...... NanoPore ...... CS ✔ National Institute of Standards and Technology ...... NIST ...... TE ✔ Natural Resources Defense Council ...... NRDC ...... EA ✔ ✔ People’s Republic of China WTO/TBT National Notification & PRC ...... FG ✔ Enquiry Center. Sanyo E&E Corporation ...... Sanyo ...... M ✔ Sub Zero-Wolf, Inc ...... Sub Zero ...... M ✔ ✔ Whirlpool Corporation ...... Whirlpool ...... M ✔ ✔ Penfield Appliances ...... Penfield ...... I ...... ✔ * IR: Industry Representative; M: Manufacturer; EA: Efficiency/Environmental Advocate; CS: Component Supplier: TE: Technical Expert: I: Indi- vidual; U: Utility; FG: Foreign Government Agency.

II. Summary of the Final Rule and The final rule also makes a minor The final rule amendments discussed Interim Final Rule change to the text of 10 CFR 430.32(a) in this notice will take effect 30 days in order to ensure consistency with the after publication of this final rule. The final rule amends the current test procedure amendments. However, manufacturers do not need to DOE test procedures for refrigeration The interim final rule establishes use the new versions of Appendices A1 products. These changes will not affect comprehensive changes to the manner and B1 for testing to verify compliance measured energy use of these products. in which the procedures are conducted with the energy standards until 180 Instead they will primarily clarify the by creating new Appendices A and B. days from the final rule’s publication. manner in which to test for compliance These appendices include the The interim final rule will take effect with the current energy conservation modifications being adopted today as 120 days after date of publication of this standards. As indicated in greater detail part of the modified Appendices A1 and final rule. Manufacturers will not need below, these amendments apply to the B1 prescribed in this regulation. The to use the new Appendices A and B current procedures in Appendices A1 procedures contained in the new until the compliance date for the 2014 and B1, to the definitions set forth in 10 Appendices A and B apply only to those standards that DOE is considering. The CFR 430.2, to the current procedures in products that would be covered by any date of compliance with those new 10 CFR 430.23. These minor new standard that DOE promulgates and standards has been set by Congress amendments will eliminate any are organized separately from the through EISA 2007 (i.e. January 1, potential ambiguity contained in these current test procedures found in 2014). See EISA 2007, sec. 311(a)(3) (42 sections of the test procedures and Appendices A1 and B1. DOE will retain U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). In order to ensure clarify the regulatory text to ensure that current Appendices A1 and B1 for this that new Appendices A and B regulated entities fully understand the interim final rulemaking to cover adequately address the new energy long-standing views and interpretations products manufactured before any new standards currently under development, that the Department holds with respect standards DOE is currently considering DOE is issuing these appendices on an to the application and implementation would need to be met. However, once interim final basis and offering an of the test procedures. The current manufacturers are required to comply additional 60 day comment period. procedures are also being amended to with any new standards, those The revised Appendices A1 and B1 help account for, among other things, appendices will be replaced by achieve three primary goals. First, they the various waivers granted by DOE. Appendices A and B, respectively. address certain issues raised throughout

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78814 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

the standards rulemaking. Second, they impact the energy use measured by the Lastly, the interim final rule also incorporate test procedures for test for refrigerators and refrigerator- addresses the measurement of refrigerator-freezers with variable anti- freezers. The temperature changes will icemaking energy use. This sweat heater controls that were the also affect the calculated adjusted measurement adds a fixed value to subject of test procedure waivers and volume, which is equal to the fresh food account for the energy used to produce interim waivers granted to GE and other compartment volume plus a ice in refrigeration products that are manufacturers. Finally, the amendments temperature-dependent adjustment equipped with automatic icemakers. clarify the test procedures for factor multiplied by the freezer However, DOE intends to support addressing special compartments and compartment volume. The new volume development in 2011 of a test procedure those refrigeration products that are calculation method will affect the for measurement of icemaker energy use equipped with more than one fresh food calculation for compartment volumes and to initiate in 2012 a test procedure compartment or more than one freezer and adjusted volume for all refrigeration compartment. rulemaking to incorporate the new products. Since the standards for measurement into the refrigeration The revisions also address areas of refrigeration products are expressed as potential inconsistency in the current product test procedure. The icemaker equations that specify maximum energy energy use addition, which is included procedure, and eliminate an optional use as a function of adjusted volume, only in the new Appendices A and B, test that DOE understands is not used by the modifications impact the allowable will improve the consistency of the the industry. None of these changes is energy use for all of these products. The measurement with the representative expected to result in any change in changes also affect the energy factor, use cycle for such products. measured energy efficiency or energy which is equal to adjusted volume use of refrigeration products. divided by daily energy consumption. The additional test procedure III. Discussion The final rule also discusses the revisions in the new Appendices A and Table III.1 below summarizes the combination wine storage-freezer B would (1) include new compartment subsections of this section and indicates temperatures and volume adjustment products that were the subject of the where the amendments would appear in factors,1 (2) include new methods for Liebherr waiver. DOE expects to the CFR. Seven of the subsections measuring compartment volumes, (3) propose modified product definitions to address changes in the CFR other than modify the long-time automatic defrost include coverage of wine storage test procedure to ensure that the test products in a separate future in appendices A1, B1, A, or B, and six procedure measures all energy use rulemaking. This final rule treats wine of the subsections have no test associated with the defrost function, coolers and other hybrid products that procedure changes associated with and (4) establish test procedures for combine wine storage compartments them. Section E addresses the products with a single compressor and with freezer or fresh food compartments amendments that are part of the interim multiple evaporators with active defrost in a consistent manner, by modifying final rule. In addition, two of the cycles. The first two of these the definition of electric refrigerator- interim final rule amendments are amendments will improve freezer to require compartment addressed in parts of section III.D (in harmonization with relevant temperatures in the fresh food sections III.D.2 and III.D.5). The international standards and assure test compartment that effectively exclude remaining sections address the repeatability. The compartment combination wine storage-freezer amendments that are part of the final temperature changes will significantly products from coverage. rule.

TABLE III.1—SECTION III SUBSECTIONS

Appendices Section Title Affected CFR sections A1 B1 A B

A ...... Products Covered by the Proposed Revi- 430.2 ...... NA sions.

B ...... Combination Wine Storage-Freezer Units .. 430.2 ...... NA

C ...... Establishing New Appendices A and B, Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ and Compliance Dates for the Amended Test Procedures. D.1 ...... Procedures for Test Sample Preparation ... 430.23, Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ D.2 ...... Product Clearance Distances to Walls Dur- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ing Testing. D.3 ...... Alternative Compartment Temperature New pt. 429*, Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Sensor Locations. D.4 ...... Median Temperature Settings for Elec- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ tronic Control Products and Establish- ment of Dual Standardized Tempera- tures. D.5 ...... Test Procedures for Convertible Compart- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ments and Special Compartments. D.6 ...... Establishing a Temperature-Averaging Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Procedure for Auxiliary Compartments.

1 Volume adjustment factors are used in basis for the energy conservation standard calculation of the adjusted volume, which is the equations for refrigeration products.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78815

TABLE III.1—SECTION III SUBSECTIONS—Continued

Appendices Section Title Affected CFR sections A1 B1 A B

D.7 ...... Modified Definition for Anti-Sweat Heater .. Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

D.8 ...... Applying the Anti-Sweat Heater Switch 430.23 ...... NA Averaging Credit to Energy Use Calcula- tions.

D.9 ...... Incorporation of Test Procedures for Prod- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ucts with Variable Anti-Sweat Heating Control Waivers. D.10 ...... Elimination of Part 3 of the Variable De- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ frost Test. D.11 ...... Simplification of Energy Use Equation for Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Products with Variable Defrost Control. Energy Testing and Energy Use Equation Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ for Products with Dual Automatic Defrost. Freezer Variable Defrost ...... Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔

D.12 ...... Including in Certification Reports Basic In- New pt. 429* ...... NA formation Clarifying Energy Measure- ments.

D.13 ...... Rounding Off Energy Test Results ...... 430.23, 430.32(a) ...... NA

E.1 ...... Modification of Long-Time and Variable Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ Defrost Test Method to Capture Precooling and Temperature-Recovery Energy. E.2 ...... Establishing Test Procedures for Multiple Subpt. B ...... ✔ Defrost Cycle Types. E.3 ...... Incorporating by Reference AHAM Stand- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ ard HRF–1–2008 for Measuring Energy and Internal Volume of Refrigerating Ap- pliances. E.4 ...... Establishing New Compartment Tempera- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ tures. E.5 ...... Establishing New Volume Calculation Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ Method. E.6 ...... Control Settings for Refrigerators and Re- Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ frigerator-Freezers During Testing. E.7 ...... Icemakers and Icemaking ...... Subpt. B ...... ✔ ✔ F.1 ...... Electric Heaters ...... No changes to the regulatory language are associated with these sections of the Final Rule F.2 ...... Vacuum Insulation Panel Performance ...... F.3 ...... Metric Units G.1 ...... Test Burden G.2 ...... Potential Amendments to Include Standby and Off Mode Energy Consumption. G.3 ...... Addressing Changes in Measured Energy Use. * See the Certification, Compliance, and Enforcement (CCE) NOPR, 75 FR 56796 (September 16, 2010). The changes discussed in section III.D.12 are discussed here but not included in this final rule—they will instead be implemented in the CCE rulemaking.

A. Products Covered by the Proposed storage-freezer products (i.e. to exclude definition, that DOE proposed in the Revisions them from coverage as electric NOPR to apply also to the electric refrigerator-freezers), and to improve refrigerator-freezer definition. These The NOPR solicited comments consistency with the current definition comments, applicable to both regarding certain definitions related to for electric refrigerators. 75 FR 29828– definitions, are discussed in section refrigeration products. In particular, 29829. III.B below. DOE sought comment regarding a Additionally, while DOE did not AHAM also recommended that any proposed modification to the electric propose specific changes to the electric changes to the definition for ‘‘electric refrigerator-freezer definition that would refrigerator definition, the agency refrigerator’’ and/or ‘‘electric refrigerator- clarify that the fresh food compartments solicited comments on possible freezer’’ should also be made in the of these products are designed for the improvements to enhance the related Federal Trade Commission refrigerated storage of food at definition’s clarity. Most of these (FTC) Energy Guide labeling rules in temperatures above 32 °F and below 39 comments addressed concerns about the order to ensure consistency across all °F. DOE proposed this change to address 32 °F to 39 °F temperature range, government agencies. (AHAM, No. 16.1 the coverage of combination wine already part of the electric refrigerator at p. 4) DOE notes that to achieve

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78816 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

consistency, the FTC would need to and accompanying standards would of excluding such products from the update the definitions of ‘‘electric create potential conflicts with the Joint refrigerator-freezer definition (AHAM, refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric refrigerator- Comment’s proposed levels that DOE is No. 16.1 at p. 10; NRDC No. 21.1 at p. freezer’’ in 16 CFR part 305.2. DOE will currently considering as part of its 5; Sub-Zero, Public Meeting Transcript, work with FTC to ensure that separate standards rulemaking. (See No. 10 at p. 32; Whirlpool No. 12.1 at consistency is maintained between the Joint Comment, No. 20.1 at p. 2). p. 6). However, ACEEE, AHAM, Sub- two sets of regulations. Zero, and Whirlpool all opposed the B. Combination Wine Storage-Freezer With respect to freezers, DOE notes wording of the temperature range Units that its regulations currently define a clause, commenting that this change freezer as ‘‘a cabinet designed as a unit In its November 19, 2001, final rule, appears to exclude all products that for the freezing and storage of food at DOE amended its definition of electric have the capability of temperatures temperatures of 0 °F or below, and refrigerators to exclude wine storage warmer than 39 °F in the fresh food having a source of refrigeration products. 66 FR 57845. DOE modified compartment. In their view, this requiring single phase, alternating the definition to exclude products that exclusion would be inappropriate. current electric energy input only.’’ 10 do not maintain internal temperatures (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p.1; AHAM, No. CFR 430.2. DOE did not propose below 39 °F to clarify that wine coolers 16.1 at p. 4; AHAM, Public Meeting altering this definition. are not covered by DOE’s standards for Transcript, No. 10 at p. 24; Whirlpool, Earthjustice commented that all refrigerators. The final rule explained Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. products that can store frozen food that these products ‘‘are configured with 27–28; Sub-Zero, Public Meeting should be covered as freezers, even if special storage racks for wine bottles Transcript, No. 10 at p. 32; Whirlpool, they cannot maintain temperature as and in general do not attain as low a No. 12.1 at p. 1) Whirlpool suggested low as 0 °F. The comment pointed to storage temperature as a standard that the definition impose a 39 °F walk-in freezers as an example, which refrigerator. These characteristics make maximum when the controls are set in are statutorily defined as commercial them unsuitable for general long-term the coldest position. (Whirlpool, No. 10 equipment that maintain a temperature storage of perishable foods.’’ Id. at at pp. 27–28; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. at or below 32 °F. (Earthjustice, No. 22.1 57846. The final rule also noted the 1) at p. 2) See EISA 2007, sec. 312(a)(3) small number of sales of these products As mentioned above, the clause, (codified at 42 U.S.C. 6311(20)) and 10 and the likely absence of any significant ‘‘designed for the refrigerated storage of CFR 431.302. DOE could define freezers impact from this approach. Id. food at temperatures above 32 °F and in a similar manner, and may consider When this change occurred, wine below 39 °F’’ was added to the electric doing so in a future rulemaking. storage-freezer appliances were refrigerator definition in 2001 to clarify However, several reasons militate unavailable as a consumer product. that wine storage products are not against such an approach at this time. Subsequently, when Liebherr refrigerators, since wine storage Although Earthjustice raised the Hausgera¨te (Liebherr) introduced a line products are designed for warmer possibility that refrigeration products of wine storage-freezer appliances in temperatures, and generally cannot with compartment temperatures 2005, containing both freezer and wine achieve temperatures below 39 °F with between 0 °F and 32 °F are being sold storage compartments, they could not be temperature controls set in their coldest as freezers, they provided no accurately categorized by any of the positions. 66 FR 57845. information regarding how prevalent current DOE product classes. Because of DOE does not intend to exclude from such sales might be, which would this gap, Liebherr petitioned the agency coverage those refrigeration products provide justification for immediate for a test procedure waiver to address that are capable of controlling fresh food action. DOE is reluctant to apply the this product, which DOE granted on compartments at temperatures cooler current energy standards for freezers to April 24, 2007 (Liebherr waiver). 72 FR than 39 °F at cold settings and warmer products that provide substandard 20333. The waiver specified that testing than 39 °F at warm settings, including performance because they do not shall be conducted following the test those currently available on the market achieve the temperatures specified for procedure for refrigerator-freezers, characterized as wine storage products. freezers. Instead, DOE would consider except that the standard temperature for In response to these comments and to establishing standards with lower the wine-storage compartment shall be prevent the inadvertent exclusion of maximum energy levels for new freezer 55 °F. Id. at 20334. products, DOE is adjusting the product classes that provide warmer DOE believes that the arguments definitions of both ‘‘electric refrigerator’’ freezing temperatures. However, such made in favor of excluding wine storage and ‘‘electric refrigerator-freezer’’ to an approach would require developing products from the definition of electric clarify that temperature control above appropriate product class definitions, as refrigerators also apply to combination 39 °F is not a basis for exclusion from well as producing an analysis appliances such as these wine storage- the definition. DOE will replace the supporting the selection of appropriate freezer appliances. Consequently, in the temperature-range clause highlighted by energy standards. In order to properly NOPR, DOE proposed modifying the stakeholders with ‘‘designed to be examine Earthjustice’s proposed definition of refrigerator-freezer to capable of achieving storage approach, DOE believes that a separate exclude products which combine a temperatures above 32 °F and below 39 rulemaking would be the appropriate freezer and a wine storage compartment. °F’’. The words ‘‘designed to be capable’’ means of addressing this issue and 75 FR 29829. The proposed definition are intended to clarify that (1) the would provide all interested parties invoked the same clause used in the product can achieve temperatures below with a sufficient opportunity for refrigerator definition, ‘‘designed for the 39 °F, but that temperatures above 39 °F comment. Such a process is not in the refrigerated storage of food at do not disqualify it from the definition, scope of the current test procedure temperatures above 32 °F and below 39 and (2) that a poorly constructed rulemaking or within the applicable °F’’, which would be applied to any product that happens to be incapable of timeframe, but DOE may consider fresh food compartments of refrigerator- actually achieving the 39 °F is not Earthjustice’s approach when it re- freezers. Id. excluded from coverage. Also, the examines this procedure. DOE also AHAM, NRDC, Sub-Zero and specification of ‘‘storage temperatures’’ notes that creating such product classes Whirlpool all agreed with the principle clarifies that the storage areas of the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78817

product are subject to the 39 °F food at temperatures below 8 °F (¥13.3 refrigerators, or other beverage temperature requirement, rather than, °C). refrigeration products, that are designed for example, the evaporator, which may DOE is also modifying its definition to be capable operating with storage be somewhat colder during compressor for ‘‘electric refrigerator-freezer’’ in a temperatures below 39 °F are, and operation. The storage temperature is similar fashion to read as follows: would continue to be treated as, distinct from ‘‘compartment Electric refrigerator-freezer means a refrigerators and would continue to temperature’’, which has a specific cabinet which consists of two or more remain subject to the current test meaning as described in 10 CFR part compartments with at least one of the procedures and energy conservation 430, subpart B, appendix A1, section compartments designed for the standards of 10 CFR part 430. 5.1.2. In particular, storage temperature refrigerated storage of food and designed C. Establishing New Appendices A and is not subject to the requirements for to be capable of achieving storage ° ° B, and Compliance Dates for the averaging of temperature sensors within temperatures above 32 F (0 C) and ° ° Amended Test Procedures the compartment. DOE further notes below 39 F (3.9 C), and with at least that the definition does not specify the one of the compartments designed for DOE proposed to establish new ambient conditions for which the the freezing and storage of food at Appendices A and B. In addition, DOE ° ¥ ° storage temperature range applies. temperatures below 8 F ( 13.3 C) has now separated the amendments into Hence, a product that achieves the which may be adjusted by the user to a two sets. The first set consists of ° ¥ ° storage temperature range in a 70 °F temperature of 0 F ( 17.8 C) or below. amendments that must be in effect ambient but not during a 90 °F energy The source of refrigeration requires before the compliance date for the 2014 test is not excluded from coverage. single phase, alternating current electric residential refrigeration products energy Stakeholders also raised a related energy input only. conservation standards. The second set These definitions exclude products issue. AHAM asked if DOE had a consists of amendments that must go with wine storage or other proposal addressing combination wine into effect starting on the compliance compartments that cannot attain storage-refrigerators, which Sanyo date for the 2014 standards. The temperatures suitable for fresh food confirmed as having already been majority of the first set of amendments storage. will be implemented as part of the commercialized. (AHAM, Public The Liebherr waiver will terminate on currently existing Appendices A1 and Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 30–31; the effective date of this final rule, as Sanyo, Public Meeting Transcript, No. indicated in the waiver. 72 FR 20333 B1. (The remaining amendments in the 10 at pp. 33–34) DOE had been unaware (April 24, 2007). To the extent that the first set include changes to other related of such products and had not developed products covered by this waiver do not sections of the CFR, such as 10 CFR a proposal to address them. In light of meet the definition of electric 430.2 and 430.23.) The second set of potential coverage concerns, DOE is refrigerator and electric refrigerator- amendments appears only in new treating these combination products as freezer, DOE plans to address these Appendices A and B and constitutes the covered products. DOE is concerned wine storage and related refrigeration interim final rule of this notice. These that removing such combination products in a separate rulemaking. new appendices will include all of the products from coverage could create a Finally, the Department clarifies that amendments implemented in potentially significant gap within its this final rule excludes most wine Appendices A1 and B1. regulatory program that could, in turn, storage products because they are As indicated earlier, while the undermine the Department’s efforts to designed to be incapable of attaining effective date for the final rule improve the energy efficiency of temperatures suitable for fresh food amendments is 30 days after the consumer appliances. Manufacturers of storage (i.e., those temperatures below publication of this final rule in the products that cannot meet the required 39 °F) and not because they store Federal Register, only the amendments testing conditions prescribed by today’s beverages rather than solid food. to Appendices A1 and B1 and to 10 CFR rule would, as currently required, need Although EPCA does not define the 430.2 and 430.23 have an immediate to avail themselves of the waiver term ‘‘food,’’ a number of other federal impact on manufacturers. For purposes regulations in 10 CFR 430.27. DOE statutes define ‘‘food’’ to include of representations, under 42 U.S.C. intends, however, to address such wine beverages. See 21 U.S.C. 321(f) (defining 6293(c)(2), effective 180 days after DOE storage-refrigeration combination ‘‘food’’ in the Federal Food, Drug, and amends a test procedure, manufacturers products further in a separate Cosmetic Act to include ‘‘articles used cannot make representations regarding rulemaking. for food or drink for man or other energy use and efficiency unless the In light of these comments and animals’’; 15 U.S.C. 55(b) (using same product was tested in accordance with concerns, DOE has modified its ‘‘electric definition in the false advertising the amended procedure. A refrigerator’’ definition to read as context); 42 U.S.C. 1791(b)(4) (defining manufacturer, distributor, retailer or follows: ‘‘food’’ in the Bill Emerson Good private labeler may petition DOE to Electric refrigerator means a cabinet Samaritan Food Donation Act as ‘‘any obtain an extension of time for making designed for the refrigerated storage of raw, cooked, processed, or prepared these representations. (42 U.S.C. food, designed to be capable of edible substance, ice, beverage, or 6293(c)(3)) For the purposes of this final achieving storage temperatures above 32 ingredient used or intended for use in rule, DOE interprets the date of °F (0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 °C), and whole or in part for human amendment to be coincident with the having a source of refrigeration consumption.’’) DOE believes that date of publication of the final rule. requiring single phase, alternating including beverages—such as milk, Manufacturers will need to use new current electric energy input only. An juice, wine and beer—within the Appendices A and B once they are electric refrigerator may include a meaning of the term ‘‘food’’ is likewise required to comply with the amended compartment for the freezing and appropriate in the context of defining energy conservation standards. storage of food at temperatures below refrigeration products for purposes of Likewise, Appendices A and B will be 32°F (0 °C), but does not provide a the Federal energy conservation mandatory for representations regarding separate low temperature compartment standards. Thus, those beverage storage energy use or operating cost of these designed for the freezing and storage of products, including wine chillers, beer products once manufacturers must

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78818 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

comply with the new energy defrost cycle types. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at Freezer Verification Program, No. 30 at conservation standards. p. 3). The PRC indicated that measured p. 4). NRDC filed comments asking that Under EPCA, DOE must determine by energy use would be increased by: (1) the procedures be effective as soon as is December 31, 2010, whether to amend The proposed test procedures practical but offered no information energy conservation standards that addressing products with variable anti- regarding the potential measured energy would apply to refrigeration products sweat heaters and (2) modification of use impacts of the proposed manufactured in 2014. DOE has test procedures for products with long- amendments. (NRDC, No. 21.1 at p. 2) proposed amending its energy time or variable defrost to capture No commenter quantified the energy conservation standards for these precooling energy use. (PRC, No. 15.1 at measurement impacts of the proposed products, as required by 42 U.S.C. p. 4) Whirlpool commented that a amendments cited as having an impact 6293(e)(2). 75 FR 59470. The amended number of the amendments proposed to on measurements. Consequently, DOE test procedures of Appendices A and B take effect prior to the new energy has no data or other factual will be used in analyzing and finalizing conservation standards would have a information—other than what it the proposed standards. significant impact on measured energy developed on its own—with which to DOE received no comments opposing use, manufacturer cost, facilities, testing analyze the possible impacts flowing the approach of using the proposed new capability, lead time, or combination from its proposed amendments. Appendices A and B to organize the thereof and requested that they not take Nevertheless, DOE gave careful staging of implementation of test effect prior to January 1, 2014: (1) consideration to these comments and procedure amendments. Therefore, the Revision of the refrigerator definition; made several modifications to its establishment of the new appendices (2) test procedures for convertible and proposals to address the concerns raised remains as proposed in the NOPR. special compartments; (3) test by individual commenters. These However, the effective date for the new procedures for products with variable modifications are described in detail in appendices has been delayed 90 days to anti-sweat heating; (4) modification of the sections that follow. allow time for the comment period the test procedure for long-time or associated with the interim final rule. 1. Procedures for Test Sample variable defrost to capture precooling Preparation D. Amendments To Take Effect Prior to energy; (5) procedures for products with a New Energy Conservation Standard multiple defrost cycle types; (6) To make the current procedure more clear, the NOPR proposed changing the This section primarily addresses clarification of instructions regarding the presence of ice in the ice bin during manner in which samples are prepared amendments that manufacturers must for testing. Specifically, DOE proposed use prior to the compliance date for the testing; and (7) disallowing energy use ratings for products that fail to meet the following: new energy conservation standards. As • Removing the text ‘‘as nearly as described above, these amendments standardized temperatures. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 2) practicable’’ from the current set-up become effective in 30 days and will be instructions that require testing set up to required for certifying compliance with DOE obtained clarification from be in accordance with the printed the current energy conservation Whirlpool that all of the above-cited instructions supplied with the cabinet, standards and for representation proposals would affect measured energy and adding specific deviations from this purposes for products sold starting in use. Whirlpool also clarified how two of requirement for test repeatability and 180 days. As described for each of the these proposed amendments affect flexibility. This change was proposed subsections, these amendments are measured energy use. The proposed for section 2 of Appendices A1, B1, A, made in 10 CFR 430.23. 10 CFR refrigerator definition change would, in and B in lieu of the current test 430.32(a), and to the appropriate Whirlpool’s view, make it impossible to procedure’s reference to HRF–1–1979. sections of Appendices A1 and B1. set fresh food compartments at ° 75 FR 29830. These amendments also appear in the temperatures above 39 F during testing, • Adding ‘‘anti-circumvention’’ new Appendices A and B. as compared with current testing with language in 10 CFR 430.23(a) and (b). Id. ° Two of the amendments discussed in temperatures bracketing the 45 F • Requiring manufacturers to seek a this section are made only in standardized temperature because the waiver in those cases where (1) the Appendices A and B. These reduced compartment temperature prescribed test procedures do not yield amendments are included in sections would result in higher thermal load and measurements that would be III.D.2 and III.D.5 because they fall energy use. Whirlpool also asserted that representative of the product’s energy under the general topics of these the proposed test procedure clarification use during normal consumer use, or (2) subsections, which also address that ice should not be in the ice bin the set-up instructions are unclear. amendments made in Appendices A1 during testing would change the These requirements were proposed to be and B1. measurement for manufacturers that codified by portions of the proposed DOE invited comment on whether any currently test with the ice bins filled. text described in the first two bullets of the proposed amendments would (Whirlpool provided no evidence that above (in section 2 of Appendices A1, affect measured energy use and asked any manufacturer tests in this fashion). B1, A, and B, and in 10 CFR 430.23(a) commenters to quantify any potential (Clarification of Written Comments and (b)), and by a new section 7 of impacts. AHAM identified four Submitted by Whirlpool Corporation, Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. Id. proposed amendments that would have No. 35 at p. 1) The available information As part of the changes described in a significant impact on measured energy indicates otherwise—that all the first bullet above, the NOPR use: (1) The test method for products manufacturers test products without ice proposed to add specific deviations with variable anti-sweat heaters; (2) the in the bins, due to AHAM support of the from the installation instructions test procedures for convertible and CSA Informs Bulletin of August 24, supplied with the product: special compartments; (3) the modified 2009, which discusses ‘‘mechanically (a) Not requiring the connection of test procedure for products with long- simulating an ice-bin-full condition that water lines and installation of water time or variable defrost to capture produces identical results to testing filters during testing; precooling energy use; and (4) the with a full bin of ice’’ (AHAM (b) Requiring clearance requirements proposed changes addressing multiple Preliminary Proposal for Refrigerator- from product surfaces to be consistent

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78819

with those described elsewhere in the compared across product lines requires average consumer use and would test procedure; the use of consistent testing conditions, circumvent the total test procedure. (c) Requiring the use of an electric such as the use of an electric supply The concept of average consumer use power supply as described in HRF–1– with a voltage very close to the nominal is not intended to represent an annual 2008, section 5.5.1; 115 volts. This is just one example of energy use in kWh to which a (d) Applying the temperature control the need for the specific deviations from measurement according to the test settings for testing as described in manufacturer’s instructions proposed in procedure can be compared. Nor is it section 3 of Appendix A1, B1, A, or B the NOPR. Likewise, many of the other intended to represent a specific set of but requiring the settings for convertible proposed deviations are also necessary conditions for parameters that can affect compartments and other temperature- to assure test repeatability. DOE believes energy use (including ambient controllable or special compartments to that some of the other proposed temperature, ambient humidity, door be those settings that are described deviations, such as not requiring opening patterns, etc.). Instead, elsewhere in the test procedure; and connection of water lines and waiving deviation of a test procedure (e) Not requiring the anchoring or instructions to secure the product so measurement from average consumer securing of a product to prevent tipping that it will not tip, do not affect the use must be established based on the during energy testing. energy use measurement. DOE notes specific control features used by a Id. that Electrolux did not identify which of product and consideration of whether DOE sought comment on these the proposed deviations are problematic the product or any of its components proposals and specifically asked for nor did it explain the reasons for its operate in a fundamentally different suggestions regarding the need for position. No other stakeholders way during the energy test than they additional deviations from the expressed concern about the deviations. would during representative consumer installation instructions. Hence, DOE is adopting these deviations use. To this end, the NOPR provided an AHAM and Whirlpool supported as proposed. example of a product with anti-sweat removing the words ‘‘as nearly as Regarding the ‘‘anti-circumvention’’ heaters that are controlled by a practical’’ from the test sample language, AHAM and Whirlpool urged humidity sensor. In a test under the preparation language. (AHAM, No. 16.1 DOE to adopt the exact language of current test procedure, the humidity of at p. 4; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 2). HRF–1–2008, as adopted by ENERGY the test chamber is uncontrolled. Electrolux commented that any STAR, which does not use the term Because the relative humidity level deviations in product set-up should be ‘‘average consumer use’’. (AHAM, No. during a test could be at any level specified in the owner’s manual. 16.1 at p. 4; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. between 0% and 100%, it is unlikely (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H8). No 2). AHAM requested that if DOE decides that the measured energy use of the anti- other suggestions were offered by to use the term ‘‘average consumer use’’, sweat heaters under the current test commenters. DOE should define the term, provide the would yield results consistent with their In response to the Electrolux data upon which the determination is average energy use in a home. comment, DOE believes that most of the reached, and allow for comment before The average consumer use concept is deviations proposed in the NOPR are releasing the final rule. (AHAM, No. also illustrated in DOE’s ‘‘Additional necessary in order to allow for 16.1 at pp. 4–5). Electrolux commented Guidance Regarding Application of consistent and repeatable testing. For that the language would be acceptable if Current Procedures for Testing Energy instance, voltage requirements can play the 70 °F ambient condition is Consumption of Refrigerator-Freezers a role in determining the measured highlighted. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, With Automatic Ice Makers’’. 75 FR energy use of a particular product. cell H12). 2122 (January 14, 2010). This document Product owner manuals, however, do As discussed in the NOPR, DOE’s provides guidance regarding test set up not specify a voltage range with the tight proposal reflects the statutory for icemakers, particularly for tolerance specified in HRF–1–1979 requirement, and the Department’s refrigerator-freezers with bottom- section 7.4.1 (within 1% of 115 volts). longstanding view, that the overall mounted freezers and through-the-door Instead, they typically allow objective of the test procedure is to ice service. In explaining that the refrigeration products to operate with measure the product’s energy icemaker must remain on but not electric power sources with a range of consumption during a representative producing ice, DOE noted that ‘‘keeping voltages near the nominal values. GE’s average use cycle or period of use. 42 the ice maker and its associated owner’s manual for GE Profile Side by U.S.C. 6293(b)(3). Further, the test components on, but preventing them Side refrigerators is one such example. procedure requires specific conditions from making ice, better represents the The instructions do not specify an during testing that are designed to average use of a refrigerator-freezer, allowable voltage range other than that ensure repeatability while avoiding such as when the machine has a full bin ‘‘[t]he refrigerator should always be excessive testing burden. DOE’s test of ice in a consumer’s home. Turning off plugged into its own individual procedures are carefully designed and either the ice maker or components electrical outlet which has a voltage circumscribed in order to attain an associated with the ice maker, by rating that matches the rating plate.’’ overall calculated measurement of contrast, does not represent the average (Profile Side by Side Refrigerators, No. average energy consumption during use of a refrigerator-freezer, and may 28 at p. 4) The online specifications for representative use, though certain cause the machine to consume less one of these products provide only a conditions may not individually appear energy than when the ice maker is on, nominal voltage: ‘‘Volts/Hertz/Amps to be representative of the average use but not making ice.’’ Id. at 2123. 120v; 60Hz; 15A’’ (GE ENERGY STAR cycle. DOE has held the consistent view Hence, DOE believes that the concept 25.9 Cu. Ft. Side-by-Side Refrigerator that products should not be designed in of average consumer use, as used, for with Dispenser, No. 29 at p. 2) DOE a way that would cause energy example, in the icemaker treatment believes that the tight tolerance on the consumption to drop during testing as a guidance described above, is sufficiently voltage specification specified in HRF– result of these apparently understood in the context of the 1–1979 is necessary in order to assure unrepresentative conditions. Doing so regulatory language. Therefore the repeatable testing. Repeatable testing would result in a biased measurement phrase has neither been eliminated from that yields measurements that can be that would be unrepresentative of the amended language nor specifically

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78820 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

defined. The concept is invoked in the 3. Electric heaters that would needing clarification of—DOE’s test proposed passage that requires normally operate at typical room procedures. However, the Department’s manufacturers to obtain a waiver if a conditions with door openings should waiver process covers cases where ‘‘the product operates in a way that makes also operate during the energy test. basic model contains one or more the test procedure unsuitable for 4. Energy used during adaptive design characteristics which either measuring its energy use. The language defrost shall continue to be tested and prevent testing of the basic model retains this passage to reinforce EPCA’s adjusted per the calculation provided according to the prescribed test requirement that the test procedures for in this test procedure. procedures, or the prescribed test measure energy use under a This modification includes the procedures may evaluate the basic ° representative average use cycle or specification of 70 F as typical for room model in a manner so unrepresentative period of use. 42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3). conditions, as requested in the of its true energy consumption However, DOE has considered Electrolux comment. (Electrolux, No. characteristics * * * as to provide comments favoring the adoption of the 17.2 at p. 1, cell H12). It also includes materially inaccurate comparative data.’’ existing anti-circumvention language in the proposed requirement that a (10 CFR 430.27(a)(1)). The language HRF–1–2008, which were based on the manufacturer must petition for a waiver DOE is adopting simply reiterates this collective belief that harmonization of when the test procedure cannot be used requirement and illustrates specific anti-circumventions language will to measure the energy use of a product. cases in which it applies to refrigeration improve compliance. The modified anti- DOE dropped the proposed text’s products. Hence, the amended test circumvention language that DOE is description of a type of product feature procedures retain the proposed language that would make the energy test adopting today retains all of the HRF– requiring manufacturers to seek a procedure unsuitable for testing the 1–2008 text and reads as follows: waiver if that product, when tested product: ‘‘smoothly varying functions of The following principles of under the prescribed procedure, would the operating conditions and the control interpretation should be applied to the produce results unrepresentative of that inputs.’’ AHAM viewed this clause as product’s true energy consumption. test procedure. The intent of the energy deficient. (AHAM, Public Meeting test procedure is to simulate typical 2. Product Clearance Distances to Walls ° Transcript, No. 10 at p. 43). Upon re- room conditions (approximately 70 F examining this example, DOE During Testing (21 °C)) with door openings, by testing ° ° acknowledges that the control systems DOE proposed to modify the rear wall at 90 F (32.2 C) without door that this example attempted to highlight clearance requirement during testing by openings. Except for operating are not necessarily incompatible with adding a new rear wall clearance characteristics that are affected by the test procedure. One such system is subsection as part of section 2 of ambient temperature (for example, the variable anti-sweat heater control Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. 75 FR compressor percent run time), the unit, system, which can use on/off control or 29832. Wall clearance is a necessary when tested under this test procedure, discrete power input steps rather than a element to refrigerator and refrigerator- shall operate in a manner equivalent to gradual increase in power as humidity freezer energy efficiency testing because the unit in typical room conditions. The increases. An on/off control system is condenser performance is affected by energy used by the unit shall be not ‘‘smoothly varying’’, but that does the amount of available air flow. The calculated when a calculation is not necessarily mean that the test condenser removes heat from the provided by the test procedure. Energy procedure cannot provide a refrigeration system to the ambient air consuming components that operate in representative measurement. and placing the back of a refrigerator typical room conditions (including as a Accordingly, DOE decided to eliminate closer to a wall can restrict the amount result of door openings, or a function of this example from the proposed of condenser air flow. Reducing this air humidity), and that are not exempted by regulatory text. flow can impact the energy this test procedure, shall operate in an Regarding the proposed requirement consumption of a tested product—the equivalent manner during energy testing for a manufacturer to obtain a waiver, condenser will need to operate at a under this test procedure, or be Whirlpool and AHAM commented that higher temperature, which implies a accounted for by all calculations as DOE should use an expedited process higher discharge pressure and higher provided for in the test procedure. If (1) such as the FAQ process to address power input for the compressor. a product contains energy consuming variations in setup instead of the Similarly, increasing the distance components that operate differently complex and lengthy waiver process. between the refrigerator and wall can during the prescribed testing than they (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 2; AHAM, No. ease the load on the compressor, which would during representative average 16.1 at p. 5). Whirlpool also commented lowers the tested product’s overall consumer use and (2) applying the that any process used to address energy consumption. In this regard, the prescribed test to that product would exceptions should involve less current procedure references HRF–1– evaluate it in a manner that is disclosure of design details than the 1979, which provides that ‘‘[t]he space unrepresentative of its true energy waiver process. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at between the back [of the cabinet] and consumption (thereby providing p. 3). the wall shall be in accordance with the materially inaccurate comparative data), DOE appreciates the significance of manufacturer’s instructions or as a manufacturer must obtain a waiver in the issues raised by the commenters determined by mechanical stops on the accordance with the relevant provisions regarding the waiver process. Separate back of the cabinet.’’ (HRF–1–1979, of 10 CFR 430. Examples: from this proceeding, DOE has launched section 7.4.2) (10 CFR part 430, subpart 1. Energy saving features that are a new online database offering guidance B, appendix A1, section 2.2). designed to be activated by a lack of on the Department’s test procedures for In contrast, HRF–1–2008 provides door openings shall not be functional consumer products and commercial greater detail by specifying that ‘‘the during the energy test. equipment. See http://www1.eere. space between the back and the test 2. The defrost heater should not either energy.gov/guidance/default.aspx?pid= room wall or simulated wall shall be the function or turn off differently during 2&spid=1. The new database will minimum distance in accordance with the energy test than it would when provide a publicly accessible forum for the manufacturer’s instructions or as operating in typical room conditions. anyone with questions about—or determined by mechanical stops on the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78821

back of the cabinet.’’ (HRF–1–2008, Although DOE is adjusting its Additionally, DOE proposed that where section 5.5.2). approach to account for the issues sensor locations deviated less than 2 DOE proposed to include in raised by some manufacturers, DOE inches from their standard locations, a Appendices A1, B1, A, and B, language shares the concerns of NRDC and Fisher manufacturer could simply report that that would help clarify the applicable & Paykel regarding the potential the locations changed in the clearance distances: selection of a rear clearance instruction certification report and identify the 2.9 The space between the back of in owners’ manuals that is locations of these deviations in the the cabinet and the test room wall or unrealistically large. In some cases such product’s certification test reports. Id. simulated wall shall be the minimum as chest freezers, the specified rear DOE also sought comment on the distance in accordance with the clearance is consistent with reasonable frequency of temperature sensor manufacturer’s instructions. If the best practice, but is still large enough location revisions from the instructions do not specify a minimum that many consumers may ignore the specifications of the figures of HRF–1– distance, the cabinet shall be located instruction. For instance, the GE Model 1979, and on whether the proposed such that the rear of the cabinet touches FCM20SUWW 20-cubic foot chest exception allowing for minor relocation the test room wall or simulated wall. freezer’s installation manual of sensors is sufficient to limit to a The test room wall facing the rear of the recommends a three-inch clearance reasonable level the potential number of cabinet or the simulated wall shall be (Food Freezers, No. 31 at p. 13), but waivers associated with the proposed flat within 1⁄4 inch, and vertical to DOE suspects that many consumers do requirement. within 1 degree. The cabinet shall be not maintain this clearance. The AHAM, Whirlpool, and Sub-Zero leveled to within 1 degree of true level, purpose of requiring permanent supported a requirement that and positioned with its rear wall mechanical spacers to be installed on manufacturers must report changes to parallel to the test chamber wall or the product if the rear clearance needs temperature sensor locations as long as simulated wall immediately behind the to be greater than a certain distance is such information is treated cabinet. Any simulated wall shall be to ensure consistency between the test confidentially until the certification solid and shall extend vertically from procedure and field use of the product. report is submitted to DOE. (AHAM, No. the floor to above the height of the By setting this requirement at a larger, 16.1 at p. 5; AHAM, Public Meeting cabinet and horizontally beyond both rather than smaller, rear clearance, this Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 48–49; sides of the cabinet. approach has a greater potential to save Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 3; Sub-Zero, 75 FR 29832. energy in the field. Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. DOE believes that these proposed The modified requirement will 51). AHAM and Sub-Zero commented requirements are consistent with the incorporate the language suggested by that alternative temperature sensor current test procedures, as well as the AHAM. This modification is made to placement should not require a waiver clearance requirements found in HRF– section 3 of Appendices A1, B1, A, and under the current waiver procedure due 1–1979 and HRF–1–2008. B. to the public nature of the process and AHAM and Whirlpool suggested The additional provision suggested by the delay in time to market that it can using less complex language that simply Fisher & Paykel requiring use of cause. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 5; Sub- required the space between the back of mechanical stops if testing is conducted Zero, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 the cabinet and the wall to be the with clearances larger than a threshold at pp. 51–52). Electrolux commented minimum distance in accordance with value will also be implemented in that HRF–1–2008 requires even spacing manufacturer’s instructions. (AHAM, Appendices A and B, using the of shelving within the product, which No. 16.1 at p. 9; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at suggested 50 mm threshold value, can create conflicts between the p. 6) Electrolux noted that some which converts to 2 inches in English placement of drawers or pans and the products lack automatic door closers, units. specified sensor locations. Electrolux and that they are installed in an also recommended reporting of 3. Alternative Compartment orientation tipped slightly rearward for alternative locations in certification Temperature Sensor Locations gravity to assist in door closing. The reports. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell product owner’s manual includes DOE proposed to modify section 5.1 H20). instruction for further adjustment for of Appendix A1 (alternative DOE appreciates the manufacturers’ unlevel flooring for proper operation of temperature sensor locations) in order to sensitivity regarding time and the product. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. provide clearer instructions and to confidentiality. In light of this concern, 1, cell H18). reduce the incidence of deviation from and the absence of any comments to the NRDC requested that DOE specify the the standard temperature sensor contrary, DOE has decided to eliminate maximum distance allowable for locations. The proposal would have its proposed waiver requirement. clearance during testing to avoid permitted manufacturer selection of Instead, the use of alternative potential gaming by manufacturers new locations only in cases where small temperature sensor locations will be seeking to maximize the amount of deviations from the standard locations required to be reported in the cooling space around the condenser were involved. Otherwise, a certification report. These nonstandard coil. (NRDC, No. 21.1 at p. 5). Fisher & manufacturer would need to petition for sensor locations, whether significant or Paykel suggested that the DOE test a waiver. 75 FR 29832. DOE proposed minor deviations, would be reported in procedure be synchronized with the IEC this approach to facilitate the the certification test reports. These test procedure by specifying a maximum development of new diagrams modified amendments make any public allowable distance of not more than ‘‘50 addressing new compartment disclosure of proprietary information mm from the plane of the back panel to configurations. In DOE’s view, these unnecessary until product certification, the vertical surface unless any new diagrams would help ensure future as requested by stakeholders. DOE will permanent rear spacers extend further coverage of a broader range of potential make these changes in section 5.1 of than that. In that case, the appliance configurations in the standard set of Appendices A1, B1, A, and B, which shall be located so that those spacers are diagrams that currently exist. Broader will include the requirement to identify in contact with the vertical surface.’’ coverage in standardized diagrams the new sensor locations in test reports, (Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.2 at p. 1). would help improve test consistency. and in a new 10 CFR part 429, which

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78822 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

will provide the amended list of data the ‘‘triangulation approach’’ in place of Dual Standardized Temperatures required in the certification report. The the interpolation approach. (NIST, DOE proposed extensive changes to part 429 changes, if adopted, will be Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at pp. instructions for setting temperatures as made as part of the Certification, 55–56). The triangulation approach, part of Appendices A and B. 75 FR Compliance, and Enforcement (CCE) which has been a part of the Australian/ 29843–29846. One concept adopted for rulemaking. See 75 FR 56796, 56819 New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 4474 2 these changes included using dual (September 16, 2010). In addition, for many years, maps both the standardized temperatures for because new requirements for the refrigerator and freezer compartment refrigerator-freezers and basic maintenance of records are under temperatures exactly to the target refrigerators—products that have two (or consideration as part of a new 10 CFR temperatures by allowing up to three more) compartments. The current test part 429, the proposed clarification for control setting combinations procedures allow manufacturers to the section 5.1 amendments regarding surrounding the standardized select ‘‘second-test’’ temperature settings test reports (i.e., that manufacturers compartment temperatures. GE based only on test results for the freezer maintain test data records ‘‘in concurred that this approach is more compartment. (See Appendix A1, accordance with 10 CFR 430.62(d).’’) flexible and repeatable, because it gives section 3.2 and sections 3.2.1 through will be treated separately as part of the results at the exact desired sets of 3.2.3). NIST advised DOE that, in ongoing CCE rulemaking. This potential temperatures (i.e. 0 °F/39 °F for testing practice, manufacturers use the warmest requirement is also discussed in section starting in 2014—see section III.E.4 setting for the second test only when III.D.12. below) rather than close to those both compartments are cooler than their 4. Median Temperature Settings for temperatures. (GE, Public Meeting standardized temperatures during the Electronic Control Products and Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 58–59). first test. DOE asked stakeholders to Establishment of Dual Standardized Whirlpool agreed that the triangulation help clarify the approach for setting of Temperatures approach may be appropriate for temperature controls for such products. 75 FR 29846. Median Temperature Settings adopting into the DOE test procedure in the future, but that it would incur GE commented that manufacturers DOE proposed to modify the test redevelopment expense if introduced currently use the approach described by procedure language related to now. (Whirlpool, Public Meeting DOE. (GE, Public Meeting Transcript, temperature control settings, as detailed Transcript, No. 10 at p. 59). GE No. 10 at pp. 137–138). DOE received no in section 3 of Appendix A1, to clarify indicated that the triangulation comments indicating that its the procedure for products with approach could be adopted as an option understanding of the manufacturers’ electronic controls. Many current for temperature settings, rather than the approach to temperature settings is products have electronic controls, required procedure. (GE, Public Meeting incorrect. In particular, DOE received no which generally have setpoints Transcript, No. 10 at p. 59). AHAM also comments from any manufacturer that indicating specific control temperatures. supported adopting the triangulation uses any different approach for setting Section 3.2.1 indicates that a first test is approach as an option. (AHAM, No. of temperature controls. Hence, DOE conducted with temperature controls set 16.1 at p. 10). will implement this change in in a median position. For electronic Appendices A1 and A. controls, an average of the coldest and While the triangulation method warmest temperature settings is presents advantages with respect to 5. Test Procedures for Convertible generally used as the median temperature settings, the adoption of Compartments and Special temperature for purposes of testing. this method will require additional Compartments However, in some cases there is no examination by DOE to ascertain its DOE proposed changing the test temperature setting exactly equal to this suitability for inclusion as part of its procedure for special compartments to average, and the controls cannot be regulations. DOE may further examine make this procedure consistent with the mechanically defeated as described in this method with greater scrutiny as part convertible compartment test procedure. the procedure. of a future rulemaking to amend its test 75 FR 29833. Under the current DOE DOE proposed that the test procedure procedure. In light of the significant test procedure, which references section specify that products equipped with changes already being introduced to the 7.4.2 of HRF–1–1979, ‘‘compartments such electronic controls be tested using final rule that is being adopted today, which are convertible from refrigerator one of the following three options: (1) and in recognition of the fact that a to freezer are operated in the highest Use of a setting equal to the average of procedure needs to be finalized in energy usage position.’’ (This section of the coldest and warmest settings, (2) use coordination with the parallel standards HRF–1–1979 is referenced in Appendix of the setting that is closest to this rulemaking that is underway, DOE is A1, section 2.2.) The procedure for average, or (3) if there are two settings declining to adopt the triangulation special compartments calls for the whose difference with the average is the method as part of today’s rule. controls to be ‘‘set to provide the coldest same, use of the higher of these two Accordingly, based on the above temperature’’. (HRF–1–1979 section settings. This modification was considerations, DOE is adopting the 7.4.2) To simplify these requirements to proposed for Appendices A1 and B1 proposed amendments addressing make them consistent with each other, and would be retained for new median temperature settings for DOE proposed to require the highest Appendices A and B. 75 FR 29833. electronic control products. energy use position for both convertible AHAM supported the proposed and special compartments. 75 FR 29833. DOE also proposed to specify that if approach. (AHAM, Public Meeting 2 ‘‘Australian/New Zealand Standard, Transcript, No. 10 at p. 55; AHAM, No. Performance of Household Electrical Appliances— a convertible compartment has external 16.1 at p. 10). During the public Refrigerating Appliances, Part 1: Energy doors (i.e. that the compartment’s doors meeting, the National Institute of Consumption and Performance’’, AS/NZS 4474. open directly to the exterior of the 1:2007, Appendix M, available for purchase at product), the compartment shall be Standards and Technology (NIST) http://infostore.saiglobal.com/store/results2. recommended that DOE consider aspx?searchType=simple&publisher=all&keyword= tested as a fresh food or freezer adopting what is commonly known as AS/NZS%204474 compartment, whichever of these

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78823

functions represents the highest energy and internally-accessible compartments that the comment, addressing volume use position. Id. Such an approach is (e.g. such as internal drawers), (b) the adjustment factor, is not relevant.) different than requiring the highest possibility that the highest energy use AHAM, Whirlpool, and Electrolux energy use position for the position is not necessarily consistent asserted that the measured energy use compartment. For example, a with normal use, and (c) compartments under the proposed special compartment that can be controlled for that may engage a feature that increases compartment procedure would change. any temperature between ¥5 °F and 35 energy use for a limited period of time. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at pp. 3, 5, 6; AHAM, °F would likely use the most energy at (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H26). Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. its ¥5 °F setting. However, testing the Electrolux also questioned DOE’s 61; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 3; compartment as a freezer compartment, suggestion of a 2 cubic foot maximum Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H26). which would most likely represent a size delineator for special Whirlpool further commented that the higher energy use than when testing that compartments. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at proposed change should not be adopted compartment as a fresh food p. 1, cell H28). The PRC echoed prior to 2014. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. compartment, would place its energy Electrolux’s comment (b) above, 2). Whirlpool further commented that use at a 5 °F standardized temperature indicating that use of the highest energy special compartments should be tested under the current test procedure. use position may not be the best at their coldest temperature position. Testing the compartment as a freezer representation of the ‘‘actual use’’. (PRC, (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 3) compartment would involve a No. 15.1 at p. 5). In consideration of AHAM’s comment ° that nearly every refrigeration product temperature setting 10 F warmer than Additionally, Electrolux pointed out has separate compartments with testing in the highest energy use the need for definitions to help clarify temperature control, DOE randomly position. This scenario would most the functions of different compartments, ¥ reviewed the refrigerator-freezer product likely use less energy than using the 5 indicating that there are many different ° offerings of three major brands F setting. The proposal retained the types of compartments, and the test (Whirlpool, GE, and Frigidaire) on their current instructions to use the highest procedures may not be the same for all Web sites. These are the major brands of energy use position to test convertible of them. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, Whirlpool, GE, and Electrolux, compartments that do not have external cell H26). To this end, AHAM offered doors. DOE also proposed a definition manufacturers who comprise more than definitions for both ‘‘compartment’’ and for ‘‘separate auxiliary compartments’’ to 80% market share for standard-size ‘‘sub-compartment’’, presumably with identify compartments that have doors refrigerator-freezers.3 the intent that the proposed The research, that open to the product’s exterior. Id. involving five randomly selected ACEEE supported the proposal to test amendments may apply to one of these types and not the other. (AHAM, No. products from three key product special compartments in their highest categories (Class 3: refrigerator- energy usage position, adding that, in 16.1 at p. 11). Whirlpool recommended that special compartments subject to the freezers—automatic defrost with top- the absence of data detailing how such mounted freezers without through-the- compartments are used by consumers, proposed approach should not exceed 10% of total capacity (total product door ice service; Classes 5 and 5A: the highest energy usage position makes refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost the most sense. (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. volume), adding that temperatures should be volume-weighted, but did not with bottom-mounted freezers; and 1). NRDC also supported the proposal to Classes 4 and 7: refrigerator-freezers— test special compartments in their elaborate. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 3). AHAM recommended using volume- automatic defrost with side-mounted maximum energy use position to assure freezers) of each of the three brands that energy ratings are not overly weighted temperature averaging for special compartments, but did not indicates that one-fifth of these products optimistic. (NRDC, No. 21.1 at p. 3). have special compartments. (These Other stakeholders opposed the provide reasons for adopting this approach. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 6). product classes are currently listed in 10 proposal for special compartments, and CFR 430.32.) (Special Compartment: some offered alternative approaches. Electrolux recommended that DOE consider including a volume adjustment Research Summary, No. 36 at p.1, cell AHAM and Whirlpool claimed that a F65). The examined classes are those change from the lowest temperature factor dependent on the (typically cooler) temperature of a special that would be most likely to employ setting to highest energy use would add these types of features because they test burden, because multiple tests may compartment when determining a product’s adjusted volume. While such contain multiple sub-compartments be required to determine which setting such as drawers within their fresh food results in the highest energy use a change may impact the related energy usage calculations, it would not affect compartments and constitute a majority measurement. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 5; of the refrigeration products sold in the AHAM, Public Meeting Transcript, No. the manner in which test sample is set up or the test is conducted and market (roughly 70% of refrigeration 10 at p. 61; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 3). product shipments).4 DOE also notes AHAM claimed that virtually every Electrolux offered no explanation as to how its proposed change would affect that of the eleven refrigerator-freezer model, without identifying any products purchased for reverse representative models, has temperature the actual testing of a given product. engineering teardowns as part of the controllable compartments, and thus the (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H28). energy conservation standard proposed change could dramatically (DOE notes that the volume adjustment rulemaking, only two had a separate increase the test burdens on all factor is used to calculate adjusted compartment with separate temperature manufacturers. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. volume (see Appendix A1 section 6.1), 5). Electrolux commented that the which in turn is used to calculate 3 ‘‘32nd Annual Portrait of the U.S. Appliance highest energy use approach is unclear. energy factor (see 10 CFR 430.23(a)(4)) Industry’’, Appliance Magazine, September 2009, (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H28). and maximum allowable energy use (see Vol. 66, No. 7. Electrolux discussed some of the 10 CFR 430, subpart C, section 32(a)), 4 Shipments of standard-size refrigerator-freezers complications associated with the none of which impact test set-up and were near 10 million in 2008, while shipments of compact refrigerators, standard-size freezers, and highest energy use position conduct of the test. Since this compact freezers totaled close to 4.5 million. See requirement, mentioning (a) the discussion addresses the test set-up for the TSD, Chapter 3, ‘‘Market and Technology difference between externally-accessible special compartments, DOE concludes Assessment’’, section 3.2.6.1.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78824 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

control—both were refrigerator-freezers associated with these products have these represents higher energy use. with bottom-mounted freezers. Hence, external doors (see 10 CFR 430.2), thus, Other compartments with separate DOE believes that the level of test the AHAM-proposed definition would temperature control (such as crispers burden associated with these test conflict with the agency’s use of the convertible to meat keepers), with the procedure amendments would be less term ‘‘compartment’’ within its exception of butter conditioners, shall severe than predicted by AHAM. regulations. At this time, DOE declines also be tested with controls set in the to make this change. highest energy use position.’’ Id. DOE Definitions of Compartment Types To DOE also considered whether any notes that these ‘‘other compartments’’ Improve Clarity additional definitions are needed to fall under the ‘‘special compartment’’ DOE considered the need for clarify which instructions apply to definition in HRF–1–1979 and HRF–1– additional definitions, for a variety of which compartment types. The 2008. DOE did not establish a definition terms—e.g. ‘‘compartment’’ and ‘‘sub- following discussion walks the reader for ‘‘special compartment’’ in its compartment’’—as suggested by AHAM, through these considerations. The proposal, since it considered that the (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 11), to clarify NOPR proposed a series of amendments amended section 2.7 clarifies adequately which types of compartments are regarding compartments: that the highest energy use position • subject to the different requirements. First, DOE proposed a definition for would be used for the compartments Because AHAM indicated that the ‘‘separate auxiliary compartments’’ that that fit the description provided in the suggested definitions for these terms defined this term as ‘‘a freezer section. were derived from the Australian/New compartment or a fresh food • Finally, DOE proposed new text for Zealand standards,5 DOE considered compartment of a refrigerator or sections 3.2 and 6.2 (for Appendices A1, this approach and factored in the refrigerator-freezer having more than B1, A, and B): ‘‘For the purposes of international harmonization concerns two compartments that is not the first calculating per-cycle energy raised by some stakeholders (AHAM, freezer compartment or the first fresh consumption, as described in this Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at pp. food compartment. Access to a separate section, freezer compartment 42–43; AHAM, No. 16.1 at pp. 1, 7, 10, auxiliary compartment is through a temperature shall be equal to a volume- 11; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 5), when separate exterior door or doors rather weighted average of the temperatures of it examined the need for new than through the door or doors of all applicable freezer compartments, definitions. another compartment. Separate AHAM proposed to define a auxiliary compartments may be and fresh food compartment ‘‘compartment’’ as ‘‘an enclosed space convertible (e.g., from fresh food to temperature shall be equal to a volume- within a refrigerating appliance, which freezer).’’ 75 FR 29833–29835. weighted average of the temperatures of is directly accessible through one or • Next, DOE proposed a new section all applicable fresh food compartments. more external doors.’’ Under the AHAM 2.7 (for Appendices A1 and A—parts of Applicable compartments for these proposal, a compartment ‘‘may contain it also appear as section 2.5 in calculations may include a first freezer one or more sub-compartments and one Appendices B1 and B) that would compartment, a first fresh food or more convenience features.’’ (AHAM, specify the manner in which convertible compartment, and any number of No. 16.1 at p. 11). and special compartments would be separate auxiliary compartments.’’ Id. In DOE’s view, this definition, if tested: ‘‘Compartments that are These sections describe the additional adopted, would define a compartment convertible (e.g., from fresh food to procedures associated with convertible as having one or more external doors, in freezer) shall be operated in the highest separate auxiliary compartments when spite of the fact that the freezer energy use position. For the special case treated as fresh food or freezer compartments of many refrigeration of convertible separate auxiliary compartments. products do not have external doors. compartments, this means that the Table III.2 below notes the The definitions for ‘‘electric refrigerator’’ compartment shall be treated as a terminology used in the NOPR for the and ‘‘electric refrigerator-freezer’’ do not freezer compartment or a fresh food listed compartments and also lists the prescribe that the compartments compartment, depending on which of test procedure instructions as proposed.

TABLE III.2—COMPARTMENT TYPES OTHER THAN THE FIRST FRESH FOOD COMPARTMENT OR THE FIRST FREEZER COMPARTMENT

Temperature Doors accessible di- Separate temperature range rectly from exterior? control Notes NOPR Testing instructions

Fresh Food ..... Y Y Separate Auxiliary Fresh Food Com- Test as a Fresh Food compartment. N partment. N Y Special Compartment ...... Highest Energy Use. N ...... None. Freezer ...... Y Y Separate Auxiliary Freezer Compart- Test as a Freezer compartment. N ment. N Y Special Compartment ...... Highest Energy Use. N ...... None. Convertible ..... Y Y Convertible Separate Auxiliary Com- Test as a Fresh Food or Freezer partment. compartment, whichever results in the highest energy use. N Not likely to exist ...... None. N Y Convertible Compartment ...... Highest Energy Use. N Not likely to exist ...... None.

5 ‘‘Australian/New Zealand Standard, Refrigerating Appliances, Part 1: Energy Consumption and Performance’’, AS/NZS 4474. Performance of Household Electrical Appliances— 1:2007.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78825

The NOPR proposed to require compartments, crispers, ice storage bins, the special compartment, that separate auxiliary compartments that and meat keepers (HRF–1–1979 section compartment’s compartment are not convertible to be tested as either 3.18; HRF–1–2008 section 3.24). temperature is lower.) As mentioned fresh food or freezer compartments, Because these compartments tend to be above, two of the eleven refrigerator- depending on their temperature range. small, there is no clear need for a size freezers DOE purchased for its reverse The instructions for setting any limitation since manufacturers will engineering analysis for the energy temperature controls for these likely continue to limit the sizes of these conservation standard rulemaking had compartments are described in section 3 compartments. For this reason, and the special compartments with separate of proposed Appendices A1, B1, A, and absence of any available information to temperature control. Both of these B. The proposed section 2.7 specified help support the selection of an products were designed to adjust air that convertible separate auxiliary appropriate size limit, DOE has decided flow to control the temperature in these compartments would also be tested not to incorporate a size limitation on compartments. When a greater quantity either as fresh food or freezer special compartments. Accordingly, the of cold air is diverted to provide a lower compartments, depending on which of new definition for special compartment temperature in the special compartment, these selections results in a higher reads as follows. less air is available to cool the rest of the energy use measurement. The proposed fresh food compartment. This situation ‘‘Special compartment’’ means any section 2.7 also specified that compartment other than a butter conditioner, extends the cooldown time for the fresh convertible compartments that are not without doors directly accessible from the food compartment, which extends the separate auxiliary compartments would exterior, and with separate temperature compressor run time and increases the be tested using the highest energy use control (such as crispers convertible to meat measured energy use of the product. For position. Finally, the proposed section keepers) that is not convertible from fresh such compartments, the coldest 2.7 specified that other compartments food temperature range to freezer temperature setting and the highest with separate temperature control that temperature range. energy use setting are generally the are not butter conditioners would be (See section 1 of Appendices A1 and A. A same. Hence, the proposed approach similar definition has been inserted in tested in the highest energy use Appendices B1 and B) should not create any change in energy position. use measurement. After re-examining this proposal and Instructions for Testing of Special DOE proposed the change calling for considering the relevant comments Compartments the highest energy use position to received, DOE recognizes that establish consistency with the additional clarification would help As discussed above, stakeholders requirements for convertible stress that, for testing purposes, special expressed concern about DOE’s compartments (for which the highest compartments have no external doors, proposal to require testing using the energy use position is prescribed—see i.e. doors directly accessible from the highest energy use positions of special HRF–1–1979 section 7.4.2), and to exterior. To clarify the procedure, in compartments rather than the lowest assure that this highest energy approach light of commenters’ concerns that the temperature. The comments indicated is also applied to products that might compartments involved should be more that the requirement would potentially use resistive heating to control the clearly identified (Electrolux, No. 17.2 require manufacturers to conduct temperature in special compartments. at p. 1, cell H26; AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. multiple tests to verify that the highest For such products, the coldest 11), DOE has added a definition for energy use position was used in a test. temperature setting would likely be the ‘‘special compartment’’ in section 1 of DOE acknowledges this possibility. To lowest energy use setting, because less Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. address this concern, DOE has decided resistance heat would be needed to raise With respect to the issue of volume, to modify the amendments so that they the temperature of such a compartment Whirlpool suggested that DOE adopt a are based on temperature settings rather above its minimum temperature. size limit of 10 percent of the total than the highest energy use position. The modified amendments specify refrigerated volume of a product for Further, DOE has decided to revert to that the requirement for averaging tests special compartments, but did not the current test procedure requirement with the settings in the coldest and provide information or data justifying for the coldest setting for most special warmest positions applies to special such a limit. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. compartments. For products that use the compartments that use any form of heat 3). In contrast, Electrolux criticized as addition of heat to adjust the addition for any part of the controllable arbitrary the 2-cubic foot size temperature of temperature-controllable temperature range of the compartments. delineation used in the NOPR for compartments, the test procedure will DOE has decided to modify its earlier discussion purposes. (This volume was require averaging of tests conducted proposal and implement this not proposed as a size limit). with the temperature settings in the modification only in Appendices A and (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H26). warmest and coldest settings. In making B, which will require manufacturers to DOE notes that there is no available these changes, the potential testing use this procedure in conjunction with information indicating typical consumer burden will be minimized while the new energy standards that DOE is usage patterns (i.e. typical temperature ensuring that the energy consumed by currently considering promulgating. settings) for special compartments and these features is sufficiently captured DOE believes that these changes in the the dependence of these temperature under the test procedure. amendments will eliminate most of the settings on compartment size. DOE Based on its examination of a variety added test burden potentially associated believes, however, that most such of refrigeration products, DOE expects with them, since DOE’s examination of compartments are small, as described in that most of those products that are the market indicates that most products the NOPR. 75 FR 29834. DOE notes that equipped with special compartments do not use heat addition for special the definitions for the term ‘‘special provide temperature control of these compartment temperature control. By compartment’’ in HRF–1–1979 and compartments by increasing or delaying implementation of the HRF–1–2008 mention several decreasing the amount of cold air exception for heated temperature compartment types that are typically diverted from the refrigeration system to control, the change will also eliminate small (i.e. less than 2 cubic feet in size): the special compartment. (In other the impact of the test procedure change butter or margarine conditioners, cheese words, when more air is diverted into on products manufactured prior to the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78826 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

compliance date for the new energy freezer compartments or fresh food volume-weighted temperature averaging conservation standards. Likewise, compartments. As discussed above, a in a future test procedure rulemaking. because, as described above, the coldest separate auxiliary convertible The test procedure for special and highest energy use settings are compartment would be tested as either compartments established with the equivalent for most special a freezer compartment or a fresh food interim final rule modifies the test compartments (i.e. those controlled by compartment, depending on which of procedure only for products that use adjusting the flow of cooling air), DOE these functions uses more energy. heat addition for temperature control. believes that this amendment (coldest Because these compartments have Based on available information, which position, except for the minority special temperature ranges spanning those of suggests that few products have such compartments using heat addition) does both freezer and fresh food special compartments, DOE expects the not significantly alter the proposal compartments, using the standard number of products that are likely to be (highest energy use position) and will coldest, median, and warmest settings impacted by this change to be modest. adequately capture the energy use of during testing as a freezer or fresh food Stakeholders have not provided any these features. compartment may be inappropriate in information suggesting otherwise nor DOE recognizes that the highest certain cases. For example, a separate have they provided data that would energy use position may not be auxiliary convertible compartment permit DOE to evaluate the likely effects consistent with normal use, as indicated could have a range of temperature of this change. However, in by Electrolux and PRC (Electrolux, No. settings from ¥6 °F to 46 °F. The consideration of these comments, DOE 17.2 at p. 1, cell H26; PRC, No. 15.1 at median setting would be 20 °F, which has modified the timing of the p. 5). ACEEE and NRDC both supported is too high a setpoint for a freezer amendments. This change will not use of the highest energy use position in compartment of a refrigerator-freezer require manufacturers of products using light of the lack of such consumer data. and too low for a fresh food heat addition for temperature control to (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 1: NRDC, No. compartment. To resolve this issue, use the new averaging approach until 21.1 at p. 3) The modified amendment DOE has added language in the final the new energy conservation standards addresses the concerns of Electrolux rule specifying settings (a) within 2 °F take effect. As a result, manufacturers and PRC by allowing the use of of the standardized temperatures as the will have additional time to redesign averaging of warmest-setting and median settings, (b) at least 5 °F above such products to adjust to the new coldest-setting measurements for the standardized temperature as the procedure. Hence, the final changes in products with special compartments warmest setting for testing the the procedures for convertible and with heated temperature control compartment as a freezer compartment, special compartments are (1) new systems. Neither stakeholder submitted and (c) at least 5 °F below the definitions for ‘‘separate auxiliary any information suggesting what standardized temperature as the coldest compartment’’ and ‘‘special temperature settings are used by setting for testing as a fresh food compartment’’ in Appendices A1, B1, A, consumers. There is no currently compartment. The new language also and B; (2) clarification that the highest agreed-upon standard as to what indicates that if the control setpoints do energy use position requirement for constitutes a normal use setting for not represent specific temperatures (i.e. convertible compartments implies they special and convertible compartments. as might be the case for mechanical shall be tested as a freezer or fresh food Based on its careful analysis, DOE controls), that the measured compartment only if they are separate auxiliary compartments in Appendices believes its selected averaging approach compartment temperatures rather than is likely to provide a reasonable A1 and A; (3) requirements for special the setpoints must meet these representation of consumer use for these compartments reiterating current requirements. This change is compartments, because the approach procedures calling for the coldest incorporated in section 3 of Appendices does not represent an extreme control temperature settings in Appendices A1, A1 and A. setting. B1, A, and B; and (4) instructions for Regarding Electrolux’s comment Additional Discussion temperature settings for separate about temporary functions associated auxiliary convertible compartments that with special compartments (Electrolux, DOE agrees in principle with AHAM’s take into account the wide temperature No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H26), Electrolux comment that volume-weighted control range of these compartments, did not provide any description of the temperature averaging may be which will be inserted in Appendices types of such functions that might be at appropriate for special compartments. A1 and A. In addition, the interim final issue. However, DOE notes that However, as AHAM indicated (AHAM, rule change is an exception to the ‘‘features’’ are addressed by HRF–1– No. 16.1 at p. 6), such an approach requirements for special compartments 2008, section 5.5.2 which are manually represents a departure from the current in products that use heat addition for initiated and which operate temporarily, test procedure that would change the temperature control, for which the such as quick-chill compartments. In measured energy use. The current test averaging of the warmest- and coldest- response to these comments, DOE chose procedure requires that these temperature settings tests shall be used, to modify the proposed amendment to compartments be set in their coldest which will be prescribed as part of clarify that the requirement for position and does not include a Appendices A and B. temperature setting of special procedure to measure their 6. Establishing a Temperature-Averaging compartments do not apply to any such temperatures. The modified test Procedure for Auxiliary Compartments temporary feature or functions. This procedure established by the final rule change will appear in section 2.7 of and the interim final rule requires the The NOPR proposed amendments that Appendices A1 and A, and in section coldest temperature position for these would address the testing of external- 2.5 of Appendices B1 and B. compartments for most products, i.e. door compartments other than the two those that do not utilize heat addition main compartments of a refrigerator- Instructions for Testing of Separate for temperature control. DOE has freezer. Specifically, DOE proposed Auxiliary Convertible Compartments adopted this approach to maintain requirements for (1) adjusting Convertible compartments are those greater consistency with the current test temperature controls, (2) measuring compartments that can operate as either procedure. DOE may consider use of auxiliary compartment temperatures,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78827

and (3) incorporating the auxiliary While DOE agrees that AHAM’s p. 4; ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 2; NRDC, No. compartment temperature into the suggested equation properly represents 21.1 at p. 3). There were no comments calculation of energy consumption. 75 the proposed approach, because it objecting to this proposal. FR 29833–29835. DOE proposed the provides a weighted average of DOE also sought comment on whether following: compartment temperatures in which the the proposed definition needed to be (1) Temperature settings, generally— temperatures are weighted by the modified to indicate that a heater that Consistent with current requirements, compartment volumes, the final rule prevents the accumulation of moisture, the temperature controls for auxiliary and interim final rule adopt a more irrespective of whether that heater is compartments with external doors that general equation that is functionally designated as an anti-sweat heater, have individual temperature control equivalent by averaging for a general should be defined as an anti-sweat capability would be set at the same number of fresh food compartments. heater. Commenters provide no views median, cold, or warm setting used for DOE is also adopting an equivalent on this issue. the first fresh food compartment and/or volume-averaging equation for the In light of the support from the first freezer compartment, or some freezer compartment temperature. These commenters for DOE’s proposed combination thereof as described in changes have been made in Appendices approach, and the absence of any section 3.2.1 of Appendix A1 or B1. Id. A1, B1, A, and B. The requirements for additional comment regarding any (2) Auxiliary compartment testing of auxiliary compartments further modifications to address heaters temperature measurements— otherwise remain as they were that prevent moisture accumulation, Measurement of external door-equipped proposed, except for the clarification DOE has decided to adopt its proposal auxiliary compartment temperatures regarding temperature settings for to modify the definition of anti-sweat would be done in the same manner as convertible separate auxiliary heater to apply to interior as well as prescribed in the current test procedure compartments, discussed above in exterior cabinet surfaces. for the main fresh food and freezer section III.D.5. 8. Applying the Anti-Sweat Heater compartments, as described in section Switch Averaging Credit to Energy Use 5.1 of Appendix A1 or B1. Id. 7. Modified Definition for Anti-Sweat (3) Incorporation of auxiliary Heater Calculations compartment temperature DOE proposed to modify the DOE proposed to modify the measurements in the test procedure definitions of anti-sweat heater in both calculation for annual energy use to calculations—calculations for the the refrigerator and refrigerator-freezer make it consistent with the annual freezer temperature for a product with test procedures and in the freezer test operating cost calculation. 75 FR 29835. more than one freezer compartment procedures to clarify that such heaters Currently, the energy conservation (including one or more auxiliary freezer can be used for both interior and standards for refrigeration products are compartments with external doors) exterior surfaces. 75 FR 29835. based on the annual energy use would be performed using a volume- The current DOE test procedure calculated for these products. This value weighted average of the compartment definition for anti-sweat heater applies is calculated based on a ‘‘standard temperatures measured within each to heaters that prevent the accumulation cycle.’’ (see 10 CFR 430.23(a)(5) and freezer compartment. A similar of moisture on the exterior surfaces of (b)(5)). The standard cycle is defined as approach would apply to fresh food the cabinet (see 10 CFR part 430, ‘‘the cycle type in which the anti-sweat compartments. These freezer and fresh subpart B, appendix A1, section 1.3 and heater control, when provided, is set in food temperatures would be used to appendix B1, section 1.2). However, the highest energy consuming position.’’ determine the appropriate temperature some refrigerator-freezers also use anti- (see Appendix A1, section 1.7 or settings for subsequent testing, and to sweat heaters to prevent moisture Appendix B1, section 1.5). calculate the energy use. Id. accumulation on internal surfaces of the In contrast, the annual operating cost, DOE proposed to insert these cabinet. In particular, manufacturers of which serves as the basis for the figures amendments into Appendices A1 and A French door refrigerator-freezers with reported on the Federal Trade to address those auxiliary compartments through the door (TTD) ice service have Commission’s EnergyGuide label, can be with external doors that are found in used anti-sweat heaters to prevent calculated based on the average of some refrigerators and refrigerator- moisture accumulation inside the fresh energy consumption test results using freezers. DOE proposed similar food compartment near the air duct the standard cycle and a cycle with the amendments to Appendices B1 and B to embedded in the side wall that carries anti-sweat heater switch ‘‘in the position address the auxiliary compartments refrigerated air to the ice compartment. set at the factory just prior to shipping’’. found in some freezers. DOE further To account for heaters that operate in (see 10 CFR 430.23(a)(2) and (b)(2)). proposed to define ‘‘separate auxiliary this manner, DOE proposed to change Manufacturers generally set the switch compartments’’ to include auxiliary the anti-sweat heater definition found in off prior to shipping. Thus, the annual compartments with external doors in Appendices A1 and B1. DOE also operating cost is calculated as an order to ensure they are treated proposed to include these modified average of tests with the switch on and consistently with other auxiliary definitions in Appendices A and B. This off. This is referred to as the ‘‘anti-sweat compartments. Id. proposed modification would not heater switch averaging credit’’ for the Commenters generally supported this change the test procedure but would purposes of this discussion. DOE approach. For example, AHAM and clarify that interior heaters used to understands that most manufacturers Whirlpool both concurred that auxiliary prevent sweating are to be treated as test and rate refrigeration products compartment temperatures should be anti-sweat heaters for purposes of equipped with anti-sweat heater volume-weighted. (AHAM, Public calculating energy usage under the switches using the averaging credit and Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. 65; procedure. Id. use the same results for reporting both Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 4). AHAM AHAM, Whirlpool, ACEEE, and energy use and annual operating cost. provided an equation to illustrate the NRDC supported the DOE proposal for DOE proposed to modify the annual volume-weighted averaging of multiple the anti-sweat heater to apply to both energy use calculation to ensure compartments. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. interior and exterior surfaces (AHAM, consistency with the annual operating 6). No. 16.1 at p. 6; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at cost calculation by making changes to

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78828 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

10 CFR 430.23(a) and 10 CFR 430.23(b). different humidity levels, including a consumption by measuring the wattage 75 FR 29835. low humidity level for which the anti- of the heater at the various humidity Electrolux favored preserving the sweat heater would be expected to be levels at the appropriate ambient current test procedure for testing with inactive. The difference in energy use temperature. (GE, Public Meeting an anti-sweat heater switch and sought measurements made in moderate- and Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 80–81). clarification regarding the agency’s high-humidity tests and the energy use AHAM noted that the requirement to rationale for its proposed change. measurement of the low-humidity test control relative humidity in test (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H50). would provide a measurement of the chambers below 35 percent would DOE received no comments calling for energy use associated with the heaters increase test burden. (AHAM, Public elimination of the anti-sweat heater operating under VASH control. These Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. 85) GE switch averaging credit. To clarify, measurements would be used to added that achieving 95 percent relative DOE’s proposed modification would calculate the energy use contribution humidity is difficult because of the change the test procedure to ensure associated with the anti-sweat heaters at heavy amount of condensation that consistency with the manner in which the 10 humidity levels of the GE waiver. would result during testing. (GE, Public manufacturers already test products—by A weighted average of these energy use Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. 166) averaging the test results with the anti- contributions, based on the same Electrolux expressed concern over the sweater heater switch positioned in the weighting factors of the GE waiver significant transition time when on and the factory-set positions. As procedure, would constitute an changing chamber humidity levels and explained in the NOPR, this approach adjustment factor that a manufacturer allowing the product to reach was the original intent of the test would add to the energy use measured equilibrium. (Electrolux, Public Meeting procedure, and there is nothing from the during a test in a 90 °F ambient with the Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 167–168) preamble to the final rule that first anti-sweat heaters deactivated, similar Whirlpool, Electrolux, and GE reiterated established the annual energy use to the approach of the GE waiver. DOE that available humidity chambers are metrics of 10 CFR 430.23(a) and had proposed that deactivation of the not currently capable of achieving the 430.23(b) (see 54 FR 6062 (February 7, anti-sweat heaters in this 90 °F test required accuracy for measuring energy 1989)) to indicate that the omission of would be achieved by requiring a low consumption with the prescribed level the anti-sweat heater averaging credit in ambient humidity (i.e. less than 35% of accuracy under the proposed these metrics was anything but an relative humidity) to ensure that the procedure and that making the required oversight. 75 FR 29835. Having received VASH control system would not engage upgrades to achieve this accuracy would no other comment from stakeholders, the heaters. DOE proposed this not be possible within the proposed 30- DOE has decided to proceed with the procedure rather than adopt the GE day period.6 Whirlpool requested that proposed modification. waiver’s calculation approach because these proposed changes take place in 9. Incorporation of Test Procedures for DOE initially did not consider the conjunction with the 2014 standards Products With Variable Anti-Sweat calculation approach amenable to that DOE is currently promulgating, but Heating Control Waivers verification. DOE also proposed to use not earlier. (Whirlpool, Public Meeting Variable anti-sweat heating (VASH) the standard cycle for calculating energy Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 78–79; control systems are used to adjust the use for products with VASH control and Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H65; use of anti-sweat heaters based on anti-sweat heater switches rather than GE, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at ambient conditions. These systems are using the averaging credit for such pp. 165–166). typically active under high humidity products, as allowed in the GE waiver AHAM and Fisher & Paykel urged conditions but deactivate when their procedure because of concern that the DOE to adopt the GE waiver in its sensors detect that ambient humidity additional energy savings associated entirety without modification. (AHAM, conditions are dry enough such that with the switch is not likely to occur No. 16.1 at pp. 2–3; Fisher & Paykel, No. their operation is not required. during consumer use if the VASH 24.3 at p. 1) In addition, AHAM stated Commercialized products incorporating control already turns off the heaters in the public meeting that there is such control systems have been tested when they are not needed. Id. industry consensus around several for certification under test procedure Responding to this proposal, AHAM, issues: (1) 30 days is insufficient to waivers using a test procedure based on Fisher & Paykel, and Whirlpool, begin testing under this proposed calculation rather than measurements. asserted that (1) it is possible to procedure, (2) the increase in test This procedure was initially proposed independently verify published energy burden would likely not change the test in a GE waiver petition, which was consumption measured under the GE results, (3) Japanese researchers have granted February 27, 2008 (GE waiver). waiver, (2) DOE’s proposal imposes presented data showing that the 1.3 73 FR 10425, 10427. This procedure undue test burden on the manufacturer system factor 7 is accurate, and (4) DOE calculates the additional energy use of without a corresponding increase in should harmonize with IEC and Canada the anti-sweat heaters based on accuracy, (3) DOE’s proposal penalizes where possible. (AHAM, Public Meeting manufacturers’ data for average heater variable anti-sweat heater systems Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 79–80) DOE power input at 10 different humidity compared to fixed anti-sweat heater notes that the IEC has not yet published levels. Id. To address products that have systems (because of the proposed these systems, the NOPR proposed an elimination of the anti-sweat heater 6 Stakeholders apparently have interpreted the alternative test procedure prescribing a switch averaging credit), and (4) DOE’s effective date of the test procedure amendments, method for measuring the energy use proposal has a significant impact on which is 30 days after the final rule, to also be the date that representations regarding energy use of impact of the anti-sweat heaters during measured energy use, requiring manufactured products must start to be based on the product’s operation, rather than the adjustment of the energy conservation the amended test procedures. As explained earlier, procedure described in the GE waiver. standards. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at pp. 2–3; the transition to representations based on the 75 FR 29835–29837. Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.3 at p. 1; amended test procedure must occur within 180 days of the final rule. Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at pp. 4–5). GE also The proposed test would require 7 The 1.3 system factor is used in the GE waiver measuring a product’s energy use in a asserted that an independent laboratory test procedure to convert energy use of the anti- chamber controlled at 72 °F at three could verify the reported energy sweat heaters to energy use of the product.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78829

a test procedure incorporating the GE to ensure that the test procedure favors information regarding the performance waiver procedure. those systems that use more adaptive of products equipped with these The PRC requested that the test controls. The IOUs also asked that DOE systems. Without such a method, DOE’s procedure should use relative humidity consider requiring confirmation during ability to resolve cases of circumvention measurement points of 35 percent and the test that the anti-sweat heater is off (i.e. a manufacturer claiming that a 80 percent instead of 25 percent and 95 at the 25 percent RH condition to product has variable anti-sweat heater percent in order to yield representative prevent circumvention of the test control when it does not) would be results. The PRC asserted that a 25 procedure. (IOUs, No. 14.1 at p. 4). significantly weakened. This is because, percent relative humidity (RH) level Fisher & Paykel also voiced concern although DOE could conduct tests to would likely not require an anti-sweat about the potential for circumvention verify manufacturers’ claims regarding heater and 95 percent RH conditions are associated with heaters that do not their control algorithms, as suggested by rare. (PRC, No. 15.1 at p. 4) Whirlpool deactivate at 25 percent RH (Fisher & some stakeholders (AHAM, No. 16.1 at and Electrolux noted that the infiltration Paykel, No. 24.3 at p. 2). The company pp. 2–3; Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.3 at p. load (i.e. the thermal load added to the explained that because the incremental 1; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at pp. 4–5), the refrigeration system associated with energy use associated with the proposed test procedures used for such leakage of ambient air into the cabinet) test at 65 percent and 95 percent relative verification are not codified and could increases as ambient humidity humidities involves subtracting the be called into question. Also, the direct increases. Hence, the adjustment factor measured energy use of those tests from measurement of anti-sweat heater determined using the measurement the energy use measured in the 25 wattage as suggested in the comments would include an adjustment for percent relative humidity test, any infiltration that is not associated with activation of the heaters in the 25 may be difficult or impossible, the anti-sweat heaters, which would percent test would increase the energy depending on the routing of wires to exaggerate the impact of the heater measured in the 25 percent test, which these heaters. However, in lieu of a energy use. (Whirlpool, Public Meeting would reduce the incremental energy more comprehensive VASH test Transcript, No. 10 at p. 167; Electrolux, use calculated by the subtractions for procedure, DOE is codifying the Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. the 65 and 95 percent tests. A procedure that DOE previously 71–73). manufacturer can simply reduce the approved as part of the test procedure NRDC supported DOE’s proposal to energy use adjustment determined for waivers granted to several measure variable anti-sweat heater the anti-sweat heaters (which is manufacturers. This approach will energy and to define the moisture determined based on the incremental provide a uniform method to help content of the test chamber. (NRDC, No. measurements of the 65 and 95 percent account for the energy used by these 21.1 at p. 4) NRDC suggested that DOE tests) by allowing activation of the systems until such time that DOE re- should allow manufacturers to apply for heaters during the 25 percent test. examines this procedure and decides on a waiver to avoid the test burden However, DOE notes that this concern potentially more comprehensive associated with achieving 95 percent RH was intended to be alleviated in the modifications. Hence, the GE waiver and allow manufacturers to use an proposed procedure by also requiring procedure has been adopted in alternative maximum-humidity that the 90 °F ambient test be conducted Appendices A1 and A. condition for the test. NRDC also using sensor-based deactivation of the DOE believes that the use of the indicated that manufacturers should heaters, also in a 25 percent relative averaging credit for products with anti- report the anti-sweat heater wattages at humidity ambient. Any reduction of sweat heaters and VASH control is different humidity levels to aid DOE’s measured heater energy use in the 72 inconsistent with field usage, because, verification efforts. Id. ACEEE noted ° F/25 percent relative humidity test due as described in the NOPR, an anti-sweat that Thermotron, Cincinnati Sub Zero, to heater activation would be negated by heater switch is not likely to provide and Scientific Climate Systems all higher energy measurement in the 90 additional savings if the VASH controls supply temperature- and humidity- ° F/25 percent relative humidity test. already respond to ambient conditions controlled environmental chambers Fisher & Paykel also indicated that the and turn off the heaters when they are capable of achieving a relative humidity proposed equations for the energy not needed. 75 FR 29837. However, range of 20 percent to 98 percent within differences at 65 percent and 95 percent DOE believes that this provision should 2–3 degrees of accuracy. (ACEEE, No. relative humidities presented in the 19.1 at p. 2). proposed new Appendix A were remain in place at this time, as specified NIST also made a general request incorrect, using minus signs where in the GE waiver procedure, because during the public meeting that DOE equals signs should have been. (Fisher without the ability to turn off the anti- require manufacturers to report their & Paykel, No. 24.2 at p. 3). See 75 FR sweat heater with such a switch, it heater control algorithms in certification at 29864. would be difficult to conduct the test as reports. NIST also requested that DOE DOE acknowledges the potential specified in the waiver because turning modify the test requirements to ensure burden associated with the proposed off the heaters would require that the humidity levels used during VASH test procedure and that the disconnecting the wires supplying their testing are selected based on the proposal did not fully address all VASH power, which may be difficult or algorithm details to provide the most control variants, nor the possibility of impossible with damaging the product. appropriate test for verifying the exaggeration of the measurement as a It is not clear that universally-applicable performance of a tested product’s anti- result of infiltration (as suggested by the instructions could be developed for sweat heater. (NIST, Public Meeting Electrolux and Whirlpool comments). running the 90 °F ambient test with the Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 75–76) Notwithstanding this fact, DOE anti-sweat heater disengaged for Electrolux also pointed out that continues to believe that the adoption of products without such switches. different products may use different a measurement-based test as opposed to Developing a general procedure control strategies. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 a calculation to account for the energy addressing VASH systems would likely at p. 1, cell H53). use of products employing these types need to include development of an The IOUs recommended that DOE of control systems is critical to ensuring approach to address this issue for these investigate VASH control characteristics that the procedures yield meaningful products in order to ensure that the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78830 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

procedure provides results comparable rate a product’s energy use. DOE did not (section 5.2.1.5 of Appendix A1 of the to the energy usage found in the field. receive any comments in favor of current test procedure). 75 FR 29841. DOE also sought comment on whether retaining this optional step. Hence, DOE DOE received no comments objecting the VASH test procedures should apply has decided to adopt its proposal to to these proposed changes. However, to freezers as well as refrigerator- eliminate this optional step. AHAM suggested that DOE adopt a freezers. AHAM and Fisher & Paykel different approach. Specifically, AHAM both indicated that these test procedures 11. Corrections and Other Test suggested removing the dual compressor should apply to freezers (AHAM, No. Procedure Language Changes system equations of section 5.2.1.4, 16.1 at p. 3: Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.2 This section discusses three other removing the proposed test procedure at p. 1). Based on these responses, the amendments to the current test for products with multiple defrost cycle final rule will add these procedures to procedure. types (proposed as section 5.2.1.6 of Appendices B1 and B. Appendix A—see section III.E.2 below), Simplification of Energy Use Equation and inserting a more general procedure 10. Elimination of Part 3 of the Variable for Products With Variable Defrost addressing multiple compressor systems Defrost Test Control as well as single-compressor systems DOE proposed eliminating the DOE proposed modifying Appendix with more than one active defrost cycle. optional third part of the test currently A1 by removing the clarifying equations AHAM’s written comments included a in place for products equipped with a for F, ETM, and ETL, eliminating draft test procedure for DOE’s variable defrost capability. 75 FR references to the optional third part of consideration. AHAM explained that 29839–29840. The current procedure, the test (see section III.D.10 above, the modified equations would be which appears at 10 CFR part 430, which discusses eliminating this part of simpler and more efficient, and that, subpart B, appendix A1, section 4.1.2.3, the test), and correcting the units in the because they are under consideration by was added to the test procedures in definitions for CT (maximum time the IEC and other countries, their 1989. 54 FR 36238. This test was M between defrosts in hours of compressor adoption would enhance international designed to measure the mean time run time) and CT (lowest time between standards harmonization. (AHAM, No. between defrosts for variable defrost- L defrosts in hours of compressor run 16.1 at p. 7) Sub Zero supported equipped products. DOE included this time). Additionally, DOE proposed that AHAM’s comment regarding this issue. optional step to provide manufacturers parallel changes be made in Appendices (Sub-Zero, No. 23.1 at p. 1) with an alternative to the default B1, A, and B. (In Appendix B1, the DOE notes that a key distinction specification for the CT value (10 CFR change would be made in the current between the energy use calculations of part 430, subpart B, appendix A1, section 5.2.1.3.) 75 FR 29840. proposed section 5.2.1.6 and the section 5.2.1.3) that would ordinarily be calculations of section 5.2.1.4 is that the used when calculating energy use. (CT AHAM supported the proposed former applies to products with a single represents the number of hours of modifications. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at pp. compressor with multiple defrost cycle compressor operation between defrost 6–7) Fisher & Paykel commented that types, while the latter applies to cycles) the proposed language would not products with two compressors. DOE As the NOPR explained, the time sufficiently clarify that the CT, CTM and believes that testing products equipped required to conduct this part of the test CTL values represent compressor run with two compressors is significantly ranges from 1 to 2 weeks. To ascertain time rather than clock time. more complicated than testing products the impact on accuracy of using the In order to address Fisher & Paykel’s with single compressors and multiple default calculation for CT rather than comment, DOE has modified the defrost cycle types because, when the optional test, DOE tested a variable sections of the test procedure that use conducting the second part of the test defrost product using the optional CT in the energy use equations (e.g. that measures defrost cycle energy use procedure. The test results showed that sections 5.2.1.2 through 5.2.1.5 of the for one of the two or more refrigeration the calculated energy use using the CT new Appendix A) to help clarify that systems, the operation of these other determined by the optional third part of these values represent compressor run compressors continues. Unless the the test differs from the energy use time rather than clock time. DOE notes average energy use of these compressors determined using the default value of that not all of these sections required and their fans is the same during the CT by less than 0.4% (Third Part Test, exactly the same modifications. Similar second part of the test conducted for the No. 33 at p. 1, cell E57). DOE is unaware adjustments have also been made in first compressor as it is for the first part of any manufacturer that has used the Appendices A1, B1, and B. of the test, the difference in their energy optional procedure to rate a refrigeration Energy Testing and Energy Use Equation use for the two parts of the test will be product, which indicates to DOE that for Products With Dual Automatic added to or subtracted from the first- the industry generally considers the Defrost compressor defrost cycle energy default equation for CT to be adequately measurement. The only way to avoid represent the performance of variable DOE proposed to amend Appendix this addition or subtraction is by defrost systems. For this reason, and to A1 to correct certain errors in the separately measuring the systems during simplify the test procedure, DOE instructions for testing dual automatic both the first part of the test and during proposed to eliminate this optional test defrost-equipped products. These the second part of the test. In contrast, from Appendices A1, B1, A, and B. 75 proposed amendments affected two for a system with a single compressor FR 29839–29840. areas. First, DOE proposed to modify the but multiple evaporators, the Both AHAM and Whirlpool supported text in section 4.1.2.4 of Appendix A1 compressor turns off during the defrost the proposal to eliminate the optional to explicitly include the compressor and cycle for any of the evaporators, which third part of the test. (AHAM, No. 16.1 defrost heater in the list of components allows the product’s measured overall at p. 6; Public Meeting Transcript, No. associated with each system that must energy use to accurately measure defrost 10 at p. 111; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. have their energy use separately cycle energy use. Hence, establishing 4) DOE did not receive any comments measured. Second, DOE proposed to the proposed section 5.2.1.6 will both from manufacturers or other parties that correct errors in the energy use equation permit a simpler approach to testing indicate that the test has been used to that addresses this class of products single-compressor products with

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78831

multiple defrost cycle types and ensure procedures set out for variable defrost- defrost control, and if so, the values of that energy measurement for these equipped freezers, AHAM pointed out CTL and CTM used in the energy use products is accurate. that the energy use equations are calculation, (2) variable anti-sweat After analyzing this alternative missing the freezer correction factor k. heater control, and (3) internal design proposal for multiple compressors, DOE (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 11) The factor k details requiring adjustment during does not believe that it simplifies testing adjusts the measured energy use for testing of temperature sensor locations of systems with two or more freezers for consistency with consumer from their standard locations. The compressors. In particular, it does not usage patterns of these products. Its NOPR proposed modifying 10 CFR alleviate the test procedure burden value is 0.85 for upright freezers and 0.7 430.62(a)(4)(xii) to implement these associated with having to separately for chest freezers. Applying these values changes. This section of the CFR lists measure the energy use for the different means that the calculated energy use of the information specific to refrigeration systems, which is part of the procedure upright freezers is 15% lower than the products that must be provided in of the current dual-compressor product measured energy use. Correspondingly, certification reports. The NOPR test procedure. DOE understands that the calculated energy use of chest proposed that the relocation of this is a key difficulty in testing such freezers is 30% lower than the measured temperature sensors from standard systems since it introduces burden and energy use. locations be allowed without petitioning that, in some cases, it may be impossible DOE notes that the other energy use for a waiver only if the new locations to accomplish, depending on the details equations of the current version of are no more than 2 inches from the of the internal wiring of such products. Appendix B1 (sections 5.2.1.1 and standard locations. Id. DOE is not convinced that AHAM’s 5.2.1.2), which collectively address DOE sought comment and suggestions approach avoids the need for a separate products that are not equipped with on its proposal. AHAM and Whirlpool measurement. AHAM’s proposed variable defrost, include the factor k. supported adding the proposed data to equation includes a term EP2j that is Variable defrost was introduced into the the certification report reporting defined as the average power for system test procedures for refrigerators, requirements if parallel changes are ‘‘j’’ while system ‘‘i’’ is in defrost and refrigerator-freezers, and freezers in the made to DOE’s online data submission recovery. Measuring the average power 1989 final rule. 54 FR 36238. That final template. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 11; for this system would still require a rule did not address the omission of the Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 8) However, separate measurement, as provided freezer correction factor in the equations AHAM added that the temperature under the current test procedure for for energy use of freezers with variable sensor locations would need to remain dual compressor systems. Thus, the defrost. From the absence of any confidential until the certification AHAM-proposed procedure appears to discussion of this issue in the preamble, reports are submitted to DOE. (AHAM, represent little or no improvement over there is nothing to suggest that DOE Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at p. the current procedure. intended to treat variable defrost 48) As described in section III.D.3, DOE acknowledges that this final rule freezers differently from freezers not stakeholders opposed using the waiver does not eliminate the difficulty of having this type of control. Hence, process for reporting any deviation from obtaining separate energy use today’s final rule corrects this oversight. the standard locations. DOE has decided measurements required in the test not to include a requirement for waivers 12. Including in Certification Reports procedure for dual compressor in case of temperature sensor relocation Basic Information Clarifying Energy products. However, as discussed above, since it will be receiving this Measurements neither does the AHAM-proposed information as part of a certification approach. Additionally, as far as DOE is This section describes amendments report. aware, the AHAM procedure has not for reporting that were proposed in the Stakeholders also encouraged DOE to been subject to the review of interested NOPR but will be adopted in the CCE add a requirement to report the wattage parties. It is a fairly complex procedure rulemaking. 75 FR 56819. DOE values used in the variable anti-sweat and its adoption into DOE’s regulations proposed to modify its regulation to heating energy use calculation. See would require review and comment by require that certification reports explain Section III.D.9, above. Based on these the public. In light of DOE’s statutory how products with advanced controls comments and the absence of any obligation to finalize the refrigeration features (e.g. variable defrost control or objections, DOE is modifying this product energy conservation standard variable anti-sweat heater control) or proposal within the context of the CCE rulemaking by the end of this year, a with temperature sensor locations rulemaking to require manufacturers to complete evaluation of AHAM’s different from the standard locations are report the wattages used in the variable procedure is not possible within the tested. 75 FR 29841–42. The energy use anti-sweat heating energy use context of this rulemaking. Hence, DOE of such products cannot be measured calculation for products having this type has retained in Appendices A1 and A, properly without knowing specific of control system. the dual-compressor system test information regarding these control Any such changes that DOE may procedure with the modifications systems or how the temperature sensor make to these reporting requirements proposed in the NOPR. DOE may locations have been modified from their would be made through the ongoing consider further revising this part of the standard locations. This information CCE rulemaking and would be set out in procedure in a future rulemaking to impacts how such a product is tested a new 10 CFR part 429. 75 FR 56819. address the measurement issues and how its energy use is calculated. In DOE will also make any necessary discussed in this section and may order to allow verification of the energy updates to its online data submission reconsider AHAM’s proposal at that use ratings for such products by parties template as appropriate. time. other than their manufacturers, DOE proposed that information clarifying 13. Rounding Off Energy Test Results Freezer Variable Defrost these test details be included in DOE requested comment on whether This section discusses an issue certification reports. Id. it needed to clarify the test procedure to independently raised by stakeholders DOE proposed that manufacturers specify the required precision in and is not directly related to any of the identify in their certification reports reporting refrigeration product energy specific NOPR proposals. In the test whether the product has (1) variable use. 75 FR 29847.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78832 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

AHAM and Whirlpool both supported mitigate their potential impacts. These compartment temperature during rounding annual energy use to the include the proposed amendments defrost cycles. A precooling control nearest kilowatt-hour. (AHAM, No. 16.1 affecting convertible and special system initiates an extra long at p. 10–11; AHAM, Public Meeting compartments and test procedures for compressor run before the defrost cycle Transcript, No. 10 at p. 162; Whirlpool, products with variable anti-sweat heater to reduce the temperature of the cabinet No. 12.1 at p. 7) No commenters control, discussed in sections III.D.5 and or one of its compartments significantly objected to this approach. Hence, with III.D.9 above. These changes were made more than would occur during a normal this final rule, DOE will implement this to help ensure that manufacturers obtain compressor cycle. An extra long requirement in 10 CFR 430.23(a), for test results that are representative of compressor run is one where the refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, average consumer use. compressor on-cycle continues for at and in 10 CFR 430.23(b), for freezers. Responding to the NOPR, least 10% longer than the length of a DOE recognizes that, if energy use is stakeholders commented that DOE typical compressor on-cycle after the reported to the nearest kilowatt-hour, should adjust the new energy compartment temperature has dropped the specification of maximum allowable conservation standard to address the down to the temperature at which the energy use must also be rounded to the potential changes in measured energy compressor typically turns off during nearest kilowatt-hour to prevent a use associated with several of the steady state cycling operation between reporting error. For example, if the proposed test procedure amendments. defrosts. energy standard was 500.7 kWh for a AHAM and ACEEE jointly commented Although precooling consumes energy product whose energy use measurement that if DOE adopts the energy standards in refrigeration products used by was 500.6 kWh, rounding the jointly proposed by industry and energy consumers, the current test procedure measurement to 501 kWh might appear advocates, the standards should be does not include this energy use. The to show energy use higher than the revised to ensure that there is no change current long-time defrost test (used also maximum allowable under the standard. in the stringency of the allowable energy for products with variable defrost) Hence, DOE also proposed that the use before and after the changes to the consists of two parts. The first part maximum allowable energy use under test procedures. (Joint Comments, No. measures the steady cycling energy use the energy conservation standard be 20.1 at p. 3) The standard levels of the refrigerator-freezer with no rounded to the nearest kilowatt-hour as proposed in the energy conservation contribution from the defrost cycle. The part of the energy conservation standard standard NOPR (see 75 FR 59471– second part measures the energy use rulemaking. 75 FR 59570. 59472) were set taking into contribution associated with the defrost Because this change is primarily consideration the impacts of the cycle. The second part of the test starts clerical and does not represent a change compartment temperature changes and when the last compressor cycle before in the measured energy use of these the modified volume calculation the defrost stops. Appendix A1, section products, DOE is not delaying the method. These test procedure 4.1.2.1. If this last compressor cycle is implementation of this provision as part amendments are described below in a precooling cycle, representing more of the new standards that are under sections III.E.4 and III.E.5. Commenters average energy use than is measured consideration for 2014. Accordingly, indicated that additional adjustment of during part 1 of the test, the test cannot this provision will be inserted into 10 the new energy conservation standards measure all of the energy use associated CFR part 430, subpart C, section 32(a). might be necessary. These issues are with the defrost cycle. This situation E. Amendments To Take Effect discussed in other sections of this presents a potential loophole in the Simultaneously With a New Energy notice. However, DOE notes that the current test procedure that the Conservation Standard adjustment of the energy conservation amendment described in this section is standard is not within the scope of closing. This section discusses additional today’s notice and does not provide a The DOE test procedure for products proposed changes that would apply to final resolution of these issues. with automatic defrost in which defrost manufacturers when demonstrating cycles are separated by less than 14 compliance with any standard levels 1. Modification of Long-Time and hours of compressor run time specify that DOE sets as part of its parallel Variable Defrost Test Method To that the test period be ‘‘from one point rulemaking for amended energy Capture Precooling and Temperature- during a defrost period to the same conservation standards, scheduled to Recovery Energy point during the next defrost period.’’ 10 take effect in 2014. DOE had initially DOE proposed to revise the test CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A1, proposed that two of these changes be procedures for products with long-time section 4.1.2. In 1982, DOE amended the required for testing products prior to the or variable defrost to capture precooling test procedures to include the compliance date of the new energy energy. 75 FR 29837–29839. Long-time alternative procedure for long-time conservation standards, but, due to defrost is defrost control in which defrost (section 4.1.2.1 of Appendix A1) stakeholders comments, DOE has compressor run time between defrosts to accommodate long periods of time shifted these so that they will be exceeds 14 hours. Variable defrost is a between defrosts (i.e. significantly required for testing starting on the type of defrost control in which the time greater than 24 hours of test time) compliance date of the new energy interval between defrosts is adjusted without making the energy test period standards. These two changes include based on need, i.e. when a sufficient unduly burdensome. 47 FR 34517 (1) modifying the test procedures for amount of moisture has collected on the (August 10, 1982). This change, made to products with long-time or variable evaporator as frost to reduce reduce test burden, was made at a time defrost functions to capture precooling refrigeration performance. when control systems capable of energy use and (2) establishing test Precooling involves cooling the precooling were not in general use— procedures for products with multiple compartment(s) of a refrigerator-freezer hence, the time period defined for the defrost cycle types. (Sections III.E.1 and to temperatures significantly lower than test did not include precooling III.E.2 below discuss these the user-selected temperature settings compressor cycles. The change does not amendments.) DOE further notes that prior to an automatic defrost cycle. This imply that DOE had intended that part some of the amendments that it had technique may be employed in certain of the energy use associated with defrost proposed have been modified to systems to limit maximum freezer does not need to be measured.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78833

The variable defrost test, introduced AHAM suggested that the test As described below, DOE considered in 1989, accommodates even longer procedure specify that the average what criterion could be used to specify times between defrosts compared to the temperatures be the averages calculated start of the second part of the test. time periods in the long-time defrost from the first part of the long-time DOE notes that specifying a start time test. (See 54 FR 36238 discussing defrost test. AHAM also commented for the second part of the test when the calculated values of CT (hours of that the test procedure should rely on compartment temperature is within 0.5 compressor run time between defrosts to temperature control cycles instead of °F of its first-part average is not be used in the equation for energy compressor time in order to address generally appropriate, because this consumption) with values ranging from variable speed compressors. (AHAM, requirement would conflict with the 28.96 to 45 hours, as compared to No. 16.1 at p. 8; AHAM, Public Meeting typical start time of the second part approximately 14 hours for long-time Transcript, No. 10 at p. 105) under the current test procedure for a product with a cycling compressor—at defrost). Fisher & Paykel supported starting DOE proposed to make the following the end of a compressor on-cycle, when (and stopping) the defrost and recovery modifications to address precooling the compartment temperature should be measurements in steady state energy use: near the minimum temperature conditions. (Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.2 at • Modifying the long-time defrost test measured during the first part of the p. 2) procedure description to read as test. However, DOE notes that selecting follows. Electrolux expressed two key a start time for the second part when the 4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. concerns regarding the proposed test compartment temperature is within 0.5 If the model being tested has a long-time procedure language. It noted that (1) the °F of its minimum temperature automatic defrost system, the two-part procedure must be able to address both measured during the first part is also test described in this section may be cycling and variable-speed compressors inappropriate, since a manufacturer used. The first part is the same as the and (2) the proposed test procedure could program a control to provide one test for a unit having no defrost does not sufficiently clarify how to temperature minimum during the first provisions (section 4.1.1). The second determine when the test starts, i.e. what part at a low extreme and repeat this part starts when the compressor turns temperature criteria are used. low extreme just prior to the defrost. off at the end of a period of steady-state (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H74) The added energy use associated with cycling operation just before initiation AHAM, Whirlpool, GE, Electrolux, the extended compressor operation to of the defrost control sequence. If the PRC, and NIST noted that the proposed achieve this low extreme during the first compressor does not cycle during modification to the test procedure for part of the test might be mitigated in the steady-state operation between defrosts, pre-cooling energy would affect tested energy use calculation because (a) an the second part starts at a time when the energy use. (AHAM, Public Meeting extended compressor shutdown as the compartment temperatures are within Transcript, No. 10 at p. 104; AHAM, No. compartment temperature rises again their ranges measured during steady would lower measured energy use, (b) ° 16.1 at p. 8; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. state operation, or within 0.5 F of the 6; GE, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 the relatively long duration of the first average during steady state operation for at pp. 96–97; Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. part of the test reduces the average a compartment with a temperature range 1, cell H74; PRC, No. 15.1 at p. 4; NIST, power impact of the single extended during steady state operation no greater Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at pp. compressor run, and (c) the average than 1 °F. This control sequence may 103–104) AHAM, Whirlpool, GE, and compartment temperature during this include additional compressor NIST also indicated that this impact extended compressor run and its operation prior to energizing the defrost should be considered as part of the new subsequent off period would be lower heater. The second part terminates energy conservation standard and that than during steady state operation, thus when the compressor turns on the the test procedure amendment should reducing the temperature measured for second time after the defrost control not be implemented prior to 2014. Id. the first part of the test, which reduces sequence or 4 hours after the defrost the energy use calculated as described heater is energized, whichever occurs DOE notes the contrast between in Appendix A1, section 6.2. Such a first. See Figure 1. 75 FR 29838–39. statements of Fisher-Paykel indicating control approach (initiating one • Modifying Figure 1, which shows that the proposed language (‘‘steady extended compressor run during the the long-time defrost test period to state conditions’’) is sufficient to first part of the test) could eliminate reflect the proposed language discussed describe the starting point for the precooling energy from the energy use above and adding a second illustration second part of the test and those of measurement without a significant showing the appropriate measurement Electrolux indicating that the start time energy use penalty (i.e. without a technique when there is precooling. Id. is ambiguous. (Fisher-Paykel, No. 24.2 significant increase in the energy use ACEEE, NRDC, and the IOUs at p. 2; Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell measured during the first part of the test supported the proposed language for the H74) Whirlpool suggested that DOE as a result of the single extended long-time automatic defrost test method quantify the temperature criterion for compressor run). (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 3; NRDC, No. the start time of the second part of the DOE considered a start for the second 21.1 at p. 4; IOUs, No. 14.1 at p. 5) test, i.e. 0.5 °F (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at part of the test when the compartment Whirlpool supported modifying the test p. 6) DOE received later clarification temperature is within 0.5 °F of the procedure to clarify that the second part that this statement meant that the average of the minimum temperatures of the test starts when the compartment second part of the test should start when achieved at the ends of each of the temperatures are at steady state the compartment temperature is within compressor runs during the first part. operation, adding parenthetically that 0.5 °F of the average temperature of the However, such a requirement would be this could be interpreted to mean within first part of the test. (Clarification of complicated and potentially 0.5 °F. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 6) GE Written Comments Submitted by burdensome to calculate. supported the inclusion of a means to Whirlpool Corporation, No. 35 at p. 2) DOE will instead provide a measure precooling energy use in the DOE recognizes the value of providing specification based on the averaging of test procedure. (GE, Public Meeting a set specification, and the interim final compartment temperatures over a full Transcript, No. 10 at p. 97) rule addresses this concern. compressor cycle to clarify what it

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78834 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

means to be at the end of such a period it is necessary to capture the energy procedure changes should be made to of steady state operation. The clauses consumption of precooling systems. address partial recovery. It noted describing the starting time for cycling Working Group 12 of Technical Amendments To Address Partial compressor systems during the second Committee 59 of the IEC, which is Recovery part of the test is as follows: ‘‘* * * the developing IEC 62552, an international second part starts at the termination of DOE also requested comment on standard for testing refrigeration the last regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle. whether DOE should consider an products, is considering incorporating The average temperature of the amendment in the long-time and the temperature of the second part of the compartment measured from the variable defrost test procedure to test when calculating energy use. (NIST, termination of the previous compressor capture energy use associated with Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at ‘‘on’’ cycle to the termination of the last temperature recovery after the end of p. 104) Fisher & Paykel commented that regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must be the second part of the test currently the second part of the test should both within 0.5 °F of the average temperature contained in the test procedure. (the start and end during steady state of the compartment measured for the ‘‘partial recovery’’ issue) 75 FR 29839. conditions. (Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.2 at first part of the test.’’ This change The energy use associated with the p. 2) ACEEE and the IOUs supported responds to stakeholders’ desires for a defrost cycle includes energy used by DOE’s proposal to address partial specification based on temperature the refrigeration system to remove the temperature recovery. However, the heat added to the compartment by the measurement. IOUs noted that SCE found through its defrost heater and the thermal load own testing of several products that the In response to the concerns expressed added to the compartment while the impact of partial recovery on energy use by AHAM and Electrolux regarding the compressor was not operating. The was small. (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 3; treatment of products with variable- compressor runs for an extra long period IOUs, No. 14.1 at p. 5) ACEEE speed compressors, DOE’s proposed after defrost to remove this heat and recommended that DOE specify that the language specifies how to start the test bring the compartment temperature automatic defrost test continue until for such products. To cover these down to the levels typical for steady average freezer temperature is within systems, the proposal included the state. For a cycling compressor system, 0.5 °F of the average lowest temperature following language: ‘‘If the compressor this generally means that the attained during steady-state operation. does not cycle during steady-state temperature at the end of this long run (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 3) operation between defrosts, the second would be close to the typical part starts at a time when the temperature measured during the first AHAM requested that DOE use a compartment temperatures are within part of the test after each regular holistic approach in modifying the test their ranges measured during steady procedure to address both precooling ° compressor on-cycle. The second part of state operation, or within 0.5 F of the the test ends when the compressor starts and partial recovery. (AHAM, No. 16.1 average during steady state operation for the second time after defrost (see at p. 8) a compartment with a temperature range Appendix A1 section 4.1.2.1). If the DOE considered different approaches during steady state operation no greater compartment temperature at the end of than 1 °F.’’ 75 FR 29839. However, DOE to address partial recovery in the second the first long compressor run after part of the test, as described below. agrees with AHAM that the reference to defrost is still significantly warmer than steady state operation for this part of the the typical first part compressor-stop DOE first considered the approach test procedure should clarify that the temperature, a portion of the post- suggested by NIST in treating partial reference is to the steady state operation defrost cooldown is not captured by the recovery. DOE concluded that such an of the first part of the test. Hence, DOE second part of the test, and part of the approach would increase the measured will modify this text to read, ‘‘the energy used during consumer use is not energy use of refrigeration products, second part starts at a time before measured by the test. As with whether or not they exhibit partial defrost during stable operation when the precooling, this is a loophole in the test recovery, since the energy use compartment temperature is within 0.5 interpolation would be based on a ° procedure that the amendments F of the average temperature of the described in this section are closing. measurement associated with a higher compartment measured for the first part DOE did not propose a specific temperature. This result would occur of the test.’’ The clause uses ‘‘stable method to address partial recovery. because the energy use is calculated as operation’’ rather than ‘‘steady state’’ to Instead, DOE raised three possible an interpolation, which is a weighted distinguish from the definition of steady options for stakeholders to consider, average of the two measurements made state in Appendix A1 section 2.5. including (1) providing a temperature at the two different temperature control Responding to comments that the recovery specification for the settings. (See, e.g., Appendix A1, proposed test procedure amendment to compartment to define the end of the section 6.2.2.2) The first equation in this address precooling would alter the second part of the test, (2) extending the section is E = ET1 + ((ET2¥ET1) × measured energy use, DOE has decided test by a specific amount of time after (45.0¥TR1)/(TR2¥TR1)), where E is to remove this proposed language from the defrost to assure temperature the energy use, ET1 and ET2 are the Appendices A1 and B1 and to retain recovery, or (3) considering the average energy use measurements for the first them for Appendices A and B. In DOE’s compartment temperature measured and second tests, respectively, and TR1 view, the overall objective of the test during the second part of the test when and TR2 are the fresh food compartment procedure is to measure the product’s determining the average temperature temperatures for the first and second energy consumption during a that is used in the energy use tests, respectively. In those cases where representative average use cycle or calculation interpolation. 75 FR 29839. T2 is warmer than T1, ET2 would be period of use. 42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3). To Stakeholders generally supported less than ET1 (less energy would be ensure that its procedures sufficiently amending the procedure to capture the measured when the compartments are measure the energy consumption of energy use associated with temperature warmer). The equation can be these regulated products, DOE believes recovery. NIST suggested that test rearranged to read:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78835

If both T1 and T2 were raised by a temperature is an indicator of the retain the 4-hour limit for the second fixed increment, associated with thermal state of the product, while the part of the test, to limit test duration in including the temperature measured control system could start and stop the case of extremely slow recovery. during the second part of the test in the compressor at any time, whether or not The modified procedure for the compartment temperature measurement, stable conditions have been reached. second part of the test that DOE is the value used to multiply ET1 in the Consistent with the amendment adopting today for incorporation as equation would increase, and the value described above associated with the section 4.2.1 reads as follows: 8 used to multiply ET2 would decrease. start time of the test, the new 4.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost This result would increase the amendment will provide a means to indicate for systems with cycling If the model being tested has a long-time weighting of ET1, the higher energy use automatic defrost system, the two-part test measurement, in the calculation for ET. compressors whether a given system has described in this section may be used. The In order to maintain better consistency re-entered steady state operation. This first part is a stable period of compressor with the current test procedure and amendment will provide that ‘‘[t]he test operation that includes no portions of the avoid an energy standard adjustment to period for the second part of the test defrost cycle, such as precooling or recovery, be applied to all products with long- ends at the initiation of the first regular that is otherwise the same as the test for a time or variable anti-sweat heater compressor cycle after the compartment unit having no defrost provisions (section control, DOE rejected applying the temperatures have fully recovered to 4.1). The second part is designed to capture the energy consumed during all of the events compartment temperature measured their stable conditions.’’ Additionally, ‘‘[t]he average temperature of the occurring with the defrost control sequence during the second part of the test to this that are outside of stable operation. equation. compartment measured from this DOE next considered the approach initiation of the first regular compressor 4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System suggested by ACEEE to require the ‘‘on’’ cycle until the initiation of the next For a system with a cycling compressor, second part of the test to continue until regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must be the second part starts at the termination of the compartment temperature is within within 0.5 °F of the average temperature the last regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle. The 0.5 °F of the average lowest temperature of the compartment measured for the average temperature of the compartment first part of the test.’’ These changes will measured from the termination of the attained during steady state operation. previous compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle to the DOE points out two issues with this appear in Appendices A and B in a new termination of the last regular compressor approach, as follows. section 4.2.1.1. ‘‘on’’ cycle must be within 0.5 °F of the First, the current test procedure For products with variable speed average temperature of the compartment requires the second part of the test to compressors, specifying a stop time for measured for the first part of the test. If any stop when the compressor cycles on the the second part of the test is similar to compressor cycles occur prior to the defrost second time after the defrost. 10 CFR the specification of start time. In this heater being energized that cause the average part 430, subpart B, appendix A1, instance, ‘‘[t]he second part stops at a temperature in the compartment to deviate from the first part temperature by more than section 4.1.2.1. The test stop time time after defrost during stable ° operation when the compartment 0.5 F, these compressor cycles are not suggested by ACEEE, when the considered regular compressor cycles and compartment temperature is within 0.5 temperature is within 0.5 °F of the ° must be included in the second part of the F of a minimum temperature measured average temperature of the compartment test. As an example, a ‘‘precool’’ cycle, which in the first part of the test, is a time at measured for the first part of the test.’’ is an extended compressor cycle that lowers the end of a period of compressor This is a simple requirement, consistent the compartment temperature prior to operation, since the compressor must with the requirement for start of the energizing the defrost heater, must be operate to bring the temperature down second part of the test, and consistent included in the second part of the test. The to this minimum, and the compartment with the recommendations of AHAM to test period for the second part of the test ends temperature starts to increase again address variable speed compressors. at the initiation of the first regular compressor cycle after the compartment shortly after the compressor stops. The selection of stop times for the second part of the test, as described temperatures have fully recovered to their Using a stop time for the second part of stable conditions. The average temperature of the test when the compressor stops above addresses both cycling and the compartment measured from this would make a significant impact on the variable speed compressors. It also uses initiation of the first regular compressor ‘‘on’’ measured energy use, as reported in the compartment temperature rather than cycle until the initiation of the next regular NOPR public meeting presentation. compressor cycling to define the test— compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must be within 0.5 °F (Public Meeting Presentation, No. 9 at both of these test characteristics were of the average temperature of the p. 53) specifically requested by stakeholders. compartment measured for the first part of Second, the ‘‘average lowest See the discussion above in this section. the test. The second part of the test may be temperature’’ is the average of the series For non-cycling compressors, this terminated after 4 hours if the above conditions cannot be met. See Figure 1. of minimum temperatures associated amendment also reduces test time by with the ends of compressor on-cycles allowing for the second part of the test 4.2.1.2 Non-cycling Compressor System during the first part of the test. Such an to terminate prior to the four hours For a system with a non-cycling average would be burdensome to currently required by the test procedure. compressor, the second part starts at a time calculate, as described above in the The current procedure specifies that the before defrost during stable operation when discussion of precooling. second part ‘‘terminates at the second the compartment temperature is within 0.5 °F DOE agrees, however, with using a turn ‘‘on’’ of the compressor or four temperature specification rather than a hours from the initiation of the defrost 8 DOE is also simplifying the numbering of heater, whichever comes first.’’ 10 CFR section 4, which currently includes a section 4.1, compressor event to determine the stop but no section 4.2. The ‘‘1.’’ representing the second time for the second part of the test. DOE part 430, subpart B, appendix A1, level of the numbering system will be removed from feels this is appropriate because the section 4.1.2.1. DOE will, however, all of the current section numbers.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 21:02 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.004 78836 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

of the average temperature of the However, because of the current any portions of the defrost cycle, ‘‘such compartment measured for the first part of specification for determining the as precooling or recovery’’. Second, DOE the test. The second part stops at a time after compartment temperature, including is modifying the temperature defrost during stable operation when the ° precooling and/or recovery periods measurement procedures by requiring compartment temperature is within 0.5 F of within the first part of the test could that temperature measurements be the average temperature of the compartment measured for the first part of the test. The also weaken the temperature-based averages for the full test period specified second part of the test may be terminated definition for the start and stop of the in section 4. This will ensure after 4 hours if the above conditions cannot second part of the test. Appendix A1, examination of at least two compressor be met. See Figure 2. section 5.1.2.1, which applies to cycles to obtain the temperature products with cycling compressors, measurement for the first part of the To help clarify these procedures, DOE specifies that the temperature test, thus avoiding the meaningless is modifying the already existing Figure measurement includes a number of comparison of a temperature to itself to 1 by adding both power input and complete compressor cycles equal to the determine start of the second part of the compartment temperature information. number of minutes between temperature test. For non-cycling and incomplete- Accordingly, Figure 1 will show the measurements rounded up to the cycling systems, requiring examination relationship between compressor power nearest whole number. It also specifies of the same test period for energy use input and compartment temperature. that the last complete compressor cycle measurement and temperature DOE has also provided a figure of the test period should be included in measurement also strengthens the illustrating the second part test period this measurement. temperature-based determination of for a non-cycling compressor system as DOE believes that all testing is start and stop times for the second part a new Figure 2. currently conducted using modern of the test, because it avoids the current Additional Test Period and Temperature computer-based data acquisition focus of the temperature measurement Measurement Procedure Changes systems 9 that provide much greater on the end of the test period used for measurement capabilities at much lower energy measurement. (The current DOE determined that some additional cost than systems that were in use when temperature measurement for non- test procedure changes are needed the test procedures were first written. cycling systems is for the last 32 because of the compartment- DOE believes that the time interval minutes of the 3-hour test period (see temperature-based determination of between measurements does not Appendix A1 sections 4.1.1 and 5.1.2.2) start and stop times for the second part generally exceed 1 minute, which and for incomplete-cycling systems it is of the test. These changes include (1) allows a technician to use the last for the last 3 hours of the 24-hour test further emphasis that the first part of the complete compressor cycle of the test period (see Appendix A1 sections 4.1.1 test does not include any portion of the period of the first part of the test to and 5.1.2.3)). In any case in which the defrost cycle such as precooling or determine the compartment control system reduces temperature (i.e. temperature recovery, (2) use of the temperature. If a test period is chosen engages precooling) for the short same test period for both energy and that occurs just before a defrost cycle temperature-measurement period, the temperature measurements, and (3) and includes a precooling cycle, the new temperature-based determination of clarification that if the defrosting of criterion for the start of the second part second-part start can be shifted to a time evaporators in both the freezer and fresh of the test may be the comparison of the after this precooling has occurred. food compartments occurs average temperature for this precooling Hence, DOE is extending the simultaneously, the freezer compressor cycle to itself, which is a temperature measurement to cover the compartment temperature shall serve as meaningless comparison. Even if the entire test period for all of these system the basis of the second part start and last compressor cycle in the test period types. stop. The first two changes are is not a precooling cycle, but is the last These changes to sections 4 and 5 discussed in this section, while the regular compressor cycle during stable have been made in Appendices A and third change is discussed in section operation, the criterion for the second B. III.E.2, below. part of the test could still be the The current specifications for the first 2. Establishing Test Procedures for comparison of the temperature part of the test for products with long- Multiple Defrost Cycle Types measured for this period to itself, time or variable defrost prescribe that DOE proposed adding procedures to because (1) this last regular compressor ‘‘[a] first part would be the same as the address products with one compressor cycle could be the basis of the test for a unit having no defrost and two or more evaporators in which temperature measurement for the first provisions (current section 4.1.1).’’ each evaporator undergoes active part of the test if it is the last compressor (Appendix A1, section 4.1.2.1) Current defrost cycles that use electric defrost cycle in the test period, and (2) the new section 4.1.1 specifies a test period at heaters to melt frost. Also, DOE approach for determining start of the least three hours long and consisting of proposed adding a definition for second part of the test compares the two or more whole number of ‘‘defrost cycle type’’ by defining this temperature average for this last regular compressor cycles; for non-cycling term as ‘‘a distinct sequence of control compressor cycle to the temperature compressors, a three-hour test period is whose function is to remove frost and/ measurement for the first part of the specified. (Appendix A1, section 4.1.1) or ice from a refrigerated surface.’’ 75 FR test. This definition of the first part of the 29839. DOE noted in this proposed To remedy this situation, DOE is first test does not clearly indicate that it may definition that there may be variations modifying the current section 4.1.2.1 (to not include any portion of a precooling in the defrost control sequence, such as be renumbered section 4.2.1) to specify period or a recovery period. The the number of defrost heaters energized, that the first part of the test includes inclusion of such periods would add to and that each of these variations only the stable system operation the energy measurement for the first establishes a separate distinct defrost between defrosts that do not include part of the test some of the defrost cycle cycle type. DOE also noted that defrost energy use, which is intended to be 9 See, for example, the data acquisition products achieved regularly during the included only in the measurement for offered by National Instruments, http:// compressor off-cycles by warming of the the second part of the test. www.ni.com/. evaporator without active heat addition

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78837

is not a defrost cycle type. See generally appendix A1, sections 5.2.1.2 (long-time Electrolux also supported the need to 75 FR 29839. defrost) and 5.2.1.3 (variable defrost). capture all defrost energy use in the test Products with one compressor and The energy use per defrost cycle is procedure, but expressed concern about multiple evaporators with active defrost adjusted in this energy use equation to the near-term introduction of this may use multiple defrost cycle types. account for defrost frequency. DOE amendment, arguing that it should be This amendment would not address proposed an energy use equation for delayed until 2014, when the new products that are equipped with two or products with multiple defrost cycle energy conservation standards take more evaporators that defrost types that adds the energy use effect. (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell simultaneously. In this case, there is separately for each defrost cycle type H89) only one defrost cycle type, which and adjusts for the different defrost Based on the stakeholder comments includes the defrosting of all of the cycle frequencies that may be present. indicating that this test procedure evaporators. The procedure would also 75 FR 29839. The energy use equation amendment would impact measured not address a product equipped with a provided in the proposal was generic, energy use, DOE has decided to apply freezer evaporator that undergoes allowing for any number of defrost cycle this amendment to Appendix A, thus, conventional automatic defrost and a types by using summation notation making it mandatory for manufacturers fresh food evaporator that undergoes off- indicating that the defrost energy use to use during product testing once the cycle defrost (in which frost is melted contribution would be summed for all standards that DOE promulgates for between compressor cycles by the fresh defrost cycle types. Id. at 29863. 2014 must be met. This slight delay in implementation will also provide food compartment air, which is above Whirlpool supported the proposed freezing temperature). Such a product manufacturers with time to adjust to changes that would address products also would have just one defrost cycle this new requirement. Consistent with with multiple defrost cycle types. type, which consists of defrosting only the proposal, this amendment does not (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 6) However, the freezer evaporator. apply to freezers. DOE proposed these amendments to Whirlpool also indicated that this In DOE’s view, the current energy test address primarily those products proposed amendment was one of several procedure does not include test equipped with long-time or variable in the NOPR that would have a procedures for products with multiple defrost. Id. Long-time defrost refers to significant impact on a product’s defrost cycle types. For this reason, defrost control in which defrost cycles measured energy use, manufacturer there is no basis for manufacturers’ are separated by 14 or more hours of cost, facilities, testing capability and/or claims that the amendment would compressor operation. Variable defrost lead time, and requested that it not take impact energy use measurements. DOE refers to defrost control in which the effect until 2014. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at has no documentation regarding the test compressor operation time between p. 2) AHAM generally supported the procedures manufacturers are using to defrosts varies (and generally exceeds proposal, but expressed several certify these products, and has received 14 hours). The proposal also clarified concerns. (AHAM, Public Meeting no petitions for waivers suggesting the how to determine which defrost cycle Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 108–109; need for any such test procedures. test procedure should be used for AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 9) These concerns Hence, DOE has no information on products with multiple defrost cycle included (a) the proposed time between which to form a decision on how to types—i.e. long-time, variable, or the defrosts of the freezer section may not adjust the new energy conservation simplified automatic defrost control apply to the fresh food section, (b) the standard to account for these procedure. (See, e.g. 10 CFR part 430, presence of off-cycle defrost in the fresh amendments. Until these amendments subpart B, appendix A1, section 4.1.2) food compartment should not make the are required in conjunction with the This proposed clarification indicated proposed procedure applicable to a 2014 standards, manufacturers that, assuming the defrost control is not particular product, (c) DOE should introducing products equipped with variable, the test technician would clarify that the optional third part of the multiple defrost cycle types should, consider the number of hours of test to determine typical intervals consistent with 10 CFR 430.27, petition compressor operation between defrosts between defrosts is not required, and (d) for a waiver since the modified version for each of the defrost cycle types. If the the proposed amendment would affect of Appendix A1 set out in today’s notice largest of these numbers of hours is less measured energy use and should be will not include a specified method for than 14 hours, the current procedure considered when DOE sets its new capturing this energy usage. from Appendix A1 section 4.1.2 energy conservation standards for Manufacturers who attempt to measure (automatic defrost) would apply. refrigeration products. AHAM also the energy use of such products without Otherwise, the proposed test procedure agreed with DOE’s conclusion that the a waiver would be unable to certify for these products would apply. 75 FR defrost cycle type with the longest these products. 29839. compressor run time between defrosts As for AHAM’s comment regarding The point of the amended test should be the basis upon which to the need to consider the different time procedure is to ensure that the energy determine whether the long-time defrost intervals between defrosts of the fresh use from each defrost cycle type, using test method would be applicable, and food and freezer compartments, DOE the appropriate factors representing its with DOE’s decision not to include this agrees that such a need exists. This is frequency, is included in the total amendment in test procedures for the reason that DOE proposed this energy use calculation. Currently, the freezers. Id. However, AHAM indicated amendment. The procedure adds the energy use for products with long-time that it would prefer that DOE adopt the energy use of the defrost cycles in or variable defrost (for conventional procedure proposed by AHAM for accordance with their frequencies of products having a single defrost cycle multiple compressor systems, intending occurrence (i.e. their different time type) is calculated by adding the energy that it apply to both multiple intervals). However, the test procedure use from the measured steady-state compressor products and products with is designed to address defrost cycle operation between defrosts (the first part single compressors and multiple active types separately rather than fresh food of the test) to the energy use from the evaporator defrosts. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at and freezer compartment defrosts defrost cycle (the second part of the p. 7; Clarification of Written Comments separately, as suggested by the AHAM test). See 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, Submitted by AHAM, No. 34 at p. 2) comment. DOE proposed this approach

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78838 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

because if the fresh food and freezer product may employ a control system the freezer compartment temperature is compartments are defrosted at the same that initiates a defrost of both the fresh the basis of the start and stop times of time, it is impossible to measure the food and freezer compartment every 18 the second part of the test. energy use associated with these defrost hours of compressor run time, and 3. Incorporating by Reference AHAM cycles separately. Even if the energy initiates defrost of only the fresh food Standard HRF–1–2008 for Measuring consumption of the two defrost heaters compartment at intervals of 6 hours and Energy and Internal Volume of were separately measured, it is 12 hours of compressor run time after Refrigerating Appliances impossible to allocate the energy use of the dual-compartment defrost. For such the single compressor separately to the a product, the compressor run time DOE proposed to incorporate two compartments. The entire defrost interval between instances of the fresh- references to AHAM Standard HRF–1– cycle type involving defrost of both food-only defrost cycle type is both 6 2008 in new Appendices A and B. 75 FR compartments can be considered hours and 12 hours.10 For such 29842. individually. instances, selection of the appropriate The current DOE test procedures for However, DOE recognizes that value for CTi for use in the energy use refrigeration products reference sections additional clarification must be equation (see proposed section 5.2.1.6 of of AHAM Standard HRF–1–1979. The provided for the defrost test period for Appendix A (75 FR 29863)) is unclear. referenced sections specify the test defrost cycle types involving the Determining the appropriate value for facility, test sample set-up, defrosting of more than one CTi should be based on the fact that the measurement procedure, and volume compartment. Applying the 12/CTi ratio is intended to represent the calculation requirements that compartment-temperature-based frequency of occurrence of defrost cycle manufacturers must follow when testing specifications for the start and stop type ‘‘i’’ in a 24-hour period, subject to their products. DOE proposed to adopt times of the second part of the test as the assumption that compressor run the most recent version of this industry described in section III.E.1, rather than time averages 50%. procedure, HRF–1–2008, for products the current procedure’s use of DOE is unaware of any refrigeration subject to the new energy conservation compressor start/stop times, raises the products on the market to which this standards that DOE is currently question of which compartment’s issue applies. However, in order to considering for 2014. Id. HRF–1–2008 temperatures serve as the basis of the clarify the test procedure and to cover incorporates many changes, including specification. DOE believes that the this possibility, DOE has inserted new compartment temperatures and temperature of the freezer compartment additional language as follows, in the new volume calculation methods, would provide a better indication of section describing energy use which are discussed further in sections appropriate start of the second part of calculation for systems with multiple III.E.4 and III.E.5. Adopting the the test (prior to any precooling defrost cycle types: ‘‘For cases in which provisions in HRF–1–2008 for new operation of the compressor), and would there are more than one fixed CT value compartment temperatures will alter the also provide a better indication of when (for long-time defrost models) or more measured energy use of these products, as described in the NOPR. Id. The steady state operation has been achieved than one CTM and/or CTL value (for after completion of the defrost cycle. variable defrost models) for a given temperature and volume calculation This is because the melting temperature defrost cycle type, an average fixed CT method changes will change the adjusted volume (which is integral to to which the evaporators must be heated value or average CTM and CTL values to melt frost is a much greater deviation shall be selected for this cycle type so the calculated energy use) because (1) from normal compartment temperature that 12 divided by this value or values the temperature changes affect the for the freezer compartment than it is for is the frequency of occurrence of the volume adjustment factors (adjusted the fresh food compartment. Hence, the defrost cycle type in a 24 hour period, volume is equal to the fresh food amended procedure clarifies that the assuming 50% compressor run time.’’ compartment volume plus the volume start and stop times for the second part In summary, the interim final rule adjustment factor multiplied by the of the test for defrost cycle types makes four changes to the proposal freezer compartment volume), and (2) involving defrost of both fresh food and affecting products with multiple defrost the volume measurements themselves freezer compartments are determined by cycle types. First, manufacturers need to will change. Because the energy the freezer compartment temperatures. comply with these amendments once standards for refrigeration products DOE notes that this clarification would the new standards for refrigeration express energy use as a function of apply even if there is only one defrost products apply, rather than sooner. adjusted volume, the temperature and cycle type. Second, it clarifies the definition for volume changes necessitate a change in DOE also agrees with AHAM’s ‘‘defrost cycle type’’ by excluding off- the energy conservation standard. DOE comment that off-cycle defrost does not cycle defrost. Third, it clarifies how to proposed that these amendments represent a defrost cycle type, and has determine CT values in those products referencing HRF–1–2008 would take modified the definition of defrost cycle equipped with multiple defrost types if effect once any new energy conservation type to make this clarification. there is more than one compressor run standards that DOE decides to adopt as Regarding the optional third part of time interval between instances of a part of its current standards rulemaking the test, DOE has eliminated this test particular defrost cycle type. And become required. Id. from its test procedures, making further fourth, it clarifies that for defrost cycle Besides updating the existing test clarification unnecessary. (see section types in which both fresh food and procedure references to HRF–1–2008, III.D.10). freezer compartments are defrosted, that DOE also proposed including a Finally, DOE considered an additional reference to the definitions section of complication associated with applying 10 Let the ‘‘compressor operation time’’, COT of HRF–1–2008. Id. the proposed test procedure to successive dual-compartment defrosts be 0 hours, In addition, DOE proposed including refrigeration products. In particular, it is 18 hours, 36 hours, etc. The COTs of the fresh-food- language explaining that in cases where possible that there may be more than only defrosts are 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 30 the referenced sections of HRF–1–2008 hours, etc. The difference in COTs between one interval in the compressor run time successive fresh-food-only defrosts is 6 hours or 12 and the regulatory language of 10 CFR between the occurrences of a particular hours, depending on which pair of such defrosts is part 430 conflict, the regulatory defrost cycle type. For instance, a considered. language takes precedence. Id.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78839

AHAM and Whirlpool generally conservation standard. (GE, Public 16.1 at p. 8; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. agreed with this proposal, mentioning Meeting Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 130– 5) that it would incorporate the most up- 131; Whirlpool, Public Meeting In light of this support, and the to-date industry standards and Transcript, No. 10 at pp. 128–129) After absence of any comments objecting to practices. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 4; considering these comments and its adoption, DOE is adopting this new Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 2) General considering the potential impacts that method as part of the new test Electric asked whether DOE would this change would be likely to have, procedures contained in Appendices A adopt updates of HRF–1 beyond HRF– DOE has decided to implement these and B. Adopting this new method offers 1–2008 when they are established. changes as part of the amended test a critical advantage over the current (General Electric, Public Meeting procedure that will be required with the method. First, the use of this new Transcript, No. 10 at p. 124) DOE is new standards that DOE is considering. method will improve the accuracy of open to considering these updates for 75 FR 59470. volume reporting. Second, because the inclusion if and when they are finalized. Specifically, ACEEE and the IOUs energy use equation that serves as the Because no concerns were raised by also expressed concerns related to basis for each standard depends on the stakeholders regarding these proposals, DOE’s examination of the potential calculated adjusted volume for each the interim final rule includes the changes in measured energy use product class, a more accurate volume amendments as proposed. The new stemming from the proposed calculation will also improve the Appendices A and B, referencing HRF– amendments. These commenters accuracy of the calculation of the energy 1–2008, will be required for testing to suggested that DOE investigate the standard. As a result, the amendment determine compliance with energy nonlinearity of energy use for products will help improve compliance with the standards when manufacturers are with smaller volumes. (ACEEE, No. 19.1 standard. required to comply with the new energy at p. 2; IOUs, No. 14.1 at p. 4–5) The Additionally, DOE noted that HRF–1– conservation standards. preliminary TSD that DOE had 2008 does not explicitly address how to published previously suggested the treat automatic icemakers and ice 4. Establishing New Compartment storage bins within the context of the Temperatures possibility of this nonlinearity. See Preliminary TSD, section 5.4.2.3 volume calculation method. (See section DOE proposed to adopt the new (Engineering Analysis 11). DOE has not, 4, ‘‘Method for Computing Refrigerated compartment temperatures described in however, received sufficient data to Volume of Refrigerators, Refrigerator- section 5.6.2 of HRF–1–2008 and their either confirm this nonlinearity or to Freezers, Wine Chillers, and Freezers’’ of associated volume adjustment factors permit it to develop a nonlinear energy HRF–1–2008.) To address this found in section 6.3 of HRF–1–2008 into use equation for these products. shortcoming, DOE proposed that these the DOE test procedures. 75 FR 29842– Accordingly, DOE could not account for elements be considered part of the 29843. These amendments will improve this possibility within the context of the internal volume for refrigerators and the test procedure’s consistency with test procedure. refrigerator-freezers (covered in the actual use of refrigeration products Under today’s interim final rule, these Appendix A). DOE also proposed to in the field. The amendment will also new compartment temperatures and apply this clarification to freezers help facilitate the international their associated volume adjustment (covered in Appendix B), since freezers harmonization of appliance test factors will be incorporated into new could also be equipped with automatic procedures with IEC 62552. Reducing Appendices A and B. icemakers. DOE sought comment on this the energy test compartment approach. 75 FR 29843. temperatures for refrigerators (excluding 5. Establishing New Volume Calculation AHAM supported DOE’s proposed all-refrigerators) and refrigerator-freezers Method clarification for automatic icemakers will result in higher measured energy DOE proposed to add the volume and ice storage bins, including its use because of the higher thermal load calculation procedure used in HRF–1– application to freezers. (AHAM, No. associated with the increased 2008 to new Appendices A and B that 16.1 at p. 8; AHAM, Public Meeting temperature difference between ambient would apply to all compliance testing Transcript, No. 10 at p. 133) There were conditions and the compartments. for products required to meet the new no comments objecting to this proposed These compartment temperature 2014 standards that DOE is currently amendment. In light of the additional changes also led AHAM to change the considering. 75 FR 29843. The proposed clarity that this change would provide volume adjustment factors, which volume calculation method is simpler manufacturers when testing their depend on compartment temperatures. than the one contained in the current products and the absence of any Consistent with HRF–1–2008, DOE also procedure and removes the subjective objections, DOE is amending its proposed to make similar changes to its nature of the current method that test procedure to cover these icemaking- volume adjustment factors. DOE had technicians use when estimating related components as part of the proposed to implement these changes volume. internal volume of refrigeration by adding appropriate regulatory text The NOPR invited interested parties products as applicable. These into Appendices A and B, rather than to comment on this proposed change. clarifications will appear in both simply referencing HRF–1–2008. Id. ACEEE, AHAM, and Whirlpool Appendices A and B. Fisher & Paykel also raised an issue DOE invited interested parties to supported the DOE decision to adopt regarding the proposed volume comment on this proposed change. new volume calculation methods. calculation method. It noted that some ACEEE, AHAM, the IOUs, and (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 3; AHAM, No. Whirlpool generally supported the manufacturers have tested products that proposal to adopt the new compartment 11 Preliminary Technical Support Document: U.S. have TTD ice service with their ice temperatures. (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 2; Department of Energy–Office of Energy Efficiency delivery chutes filled or covered. By AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 8; IOUs, No. 14.1 and Renewable Energy. Energy Efficiency Program testing products in this way, at p. 4–5; Whirlpool, No. 16.1 at p. 5) For Consumer Products: Refrigerators, Refrigerator- manufacturers would be able to reduce Freezers, and Freezers. November 2009. GE and Whirlpool added that Washington, DC. http://www1.eere.energy.gov/ that product’s measured energy use. The establishing new compartment buildings/appliance_standards/residential/pdfs/ adjusted volume measurement may also temperatures will impact the energy ref_frz_prenopr_prelim_tsd.pdf. be reduced (as would the calculated

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78840 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

energy standard for the product), but material and/or covers is more Refrigerator-Freezers and Refrigerators only slightly, because the volume consistent with consumer use of the With Freezer Compartments reduction multiplied by the energy product than permitting this material to The NOPR discussed gaps present in standard equation slope is generally less remain in place during testing. the current procedure regarding than the energy use reduction, thus As with the incorporation of new refrigerator-freezers and refrigerators providing the manufacturer an compartment temperatures, DOE will with freezer compartments. In advantage with respect to compliance incorporate the proposed volume particular, in certain cases, depending with the energy standard. Fisher & calculation changes as part of the on the results of the first test, the Paykel asserted that using such an procedures that manufacturers must use current instructions in section 3.2 of approach may constitute circumvention when certifying compliance to the new Appendix A1 do not address: (1) of the test procedures. To address this energy standards that will be required Control settings for the second test and/ potential problem, Fisher & Paykel for refrigeration products to meet in or third test, and (2) which energy test suggested that DOE add an additional 2014. results to use in the energy use clarification to the proposed changes to calculations. The NOPR presented a the volume calculation method by 6. Control Settings for Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers During Testing chart illustrating the logic behind the requiring that ‘‘all chutes and throats temperature setting requirements required for the delivery of ice shall be Section III.D.4 above discusses two according to the current test procedure free of packing, covers or other temperature control amendments that for refrigerator-freezers and refrigerators blockages that may be fitted for shipping manufacturers must use prior to the with freezer compartments. The table is or when the icemaker is not in use.’’ promulgation of the new energy reproduced below as Table III.3. After considering Fisher & Paykel’s conservation standards that will apply The logic in the chart was presented concern and its proposed solution, DOE in 2014. These amendments include (a) to be consistent with the typical test is adopting this clarification. DOE wants addressing products equipped with practice of using the warm/warm setting to ensure that the procedure that it electronic controls for which exact only if both compartment temperatures adopts today provides sufficient clarity median settings cannot be selected, and are lower than the standardized without leaving potential room for (b) modifying the DOE test procedure to temperatures in the first test. While this circumvention. To achieve this goal, include two standardized temperatures practice is inconsistent with the current DOE is inserting this additional for products with both fresh food and DOE test procedure, as described above requirement into section 2 of new freezer compartments. This latter in section III.D.4, it is consistent with Appendices A and B, as well as change would help achieve some current manufacturer test practices. As amended Appendices A1 and B1, to consistency with the test approach discussed in the NOPR, the current help clarify the test preparation process. already used by manufacturers when procedure does not clearly address the DOE also believes that, as a practical selecting temperature settings for the temperature setting requirements for the matter, consumers will remove any such second test that must be run. second test, nor does it clearly indicate packing material or temporary covers The remaining amendments that will which test results to use when during actual use of these products be required when determining calculating total energy use, for Cases 2, since they are likely to use these compliance with the standards under 5, and 6 shown in Table III.3. DOE features (e.g., TTD ice service) rather consideration for products proposed to amend the test procedure to than opt to let them remain dormant. manufactured in 2014 are discussed in address this deficiency. 75 FR 29844– Consequently, removing such packing this section. 29845.

TABLE III.3—TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR REFRIGERATORS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS

First test Second test Third test settings Energy calculation Case Settings Results Settings Results based on: No.

Fzr Mid FF Mid ...... Fzr Low FF Low ..... Fzr Warm FF Warm Fzr Low FF Low ..... None ...... Second Test Only .. 1 Fzr Low FF High .... None ...... Not Clear ...... 2 Fzr High FF Low .... None ...... First and Second 3 Tests. Fzr High FF High ... None ...... First and Second 4 Tests. Fzr Low FF High .... Fzr Cold FF Cold ... Fzr Low FF High .... None ...... Not Clear ...... 5 Fzr Low FF Low ..... None ...... Not Clear ...... 6 Fzr High FF Low .... Fzr Cold FF Cold ... Fzr High FF Low .... Fzr Warm FF Warm Second and Third 7 Tests. Fzr Low FF Low ..... None ...... First and Second 8 Tests. Fzr High FF High ... Fzr Cold FF Cold ... Fzr Low FF Low ..... None ...... First and Second 9 Tests. Fzr Low FF High .... None ...... First and Second 10 Tests. Fzr High FF Low .... Fzr Warm FF Warm Second and Third 11 Tests. Fzr High FF High ... Fzr Warm FF Warm Second and Third 12 Tests. Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78841

In particular, DOE proposed to DOE received no specific comments temperature controls in the coldest include a modified temperature setting on either the proposed temperature setting during an energy test, this does logic chart in the test procedure in setting logic or the temperature setting not mean the product is not a section 3.2 of Appendix A to clarify the instructions proposed for the currently refrigerator and exempt from coverage. temperature setting instructions. DOE undefined cases described above. The new definitions specify that the pointed out that, under some scenarios, Comments were received, however, product is designed to be capable of one or both of the compartments might regarding DOE’s suggestion to prevent attaining the 39 °F temperature without not achieve the required standardized certification of products that do not specifying the ambient or other temperature when the temperature reach the standardized temperatures conditions. The implication is that a controls are in their coldest settings. Id. when tested with their coldest product designed to be a refrigerator DOE requested comment on the temperature settings. ACEEE, AHAM, that fails to meet 39 °F compartment proposed amendments but also asked the IOUs, Earthjustice, Fisher & Paykel, temperature during energy testing stakeholders to consider whether NRDC, and Whirlpool all supported this cannot be certified. However, since it is disallowing an energy rating would be approach. (ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 4–5; a covered product, it cannot be sold as a more appropriate solution in those AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 10; IOUs, No. 14.1 a product other than a refrigerator. cases where a particular product’s at p. 5–6; Earthjustice, No. 22.1 at p. 2; Similar restrictions apply to the other compartment temperatures cannot Fisher & Paykel, No. 24.2 at p. 3; products, i.e., the refrigerator-freezer achieve the required standardized Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 7) In response and freezer. temperatures. In other words, what to these comments, DOE will adopt the should happen to products that have proposed revisions in temperature DOE’s temperature setting compartments that are set to the coldest setting requirements, but with modifications will take effect once any temperature setting but are warmer than modifications to indicate that products new standards affecting products the standardized temperatures that are incapable of meeting required manufactured in 2014 become required. prescribed in the test procedure? test conditions (i.e., achieving the These amendments will appear in new As DOE explained in the NOPR, the standardized temperatures when all Appendices A and B. The instructions inability to achieve the standardized controls are at their coldest settings) are will include the amendment, discussed temperatures may create a potential not considered compliant with the above in section III.D.4, that modifies conflict with the product definitions. applicable standards. These changes the test procedure for consistency with DOE offered a few examples to illustrate will be adopted in Appendices A and B. current industry practice (i.e., this situation. For example, if a The definitions for refrigerator, consideration of standardized refrigerator’s fresh food compartment refrigerator-freezer, and freezer and the temperatures for both compartments exceeds the standardized temperature changes DOE is making to these and use of the warm/warm setting only for fresh food compartments during an definitions are discussed in sections if both compartments are lower than energy test, the product might be III.A and III.B. Products that meet any their standardized temperatures in the considered not to meet the current of these definitions are considered to be first test). The procedure will also refrigerator definition, which specifies covered products that are subject to indicate that a product cannot be the use of ‘‘temperatures above 32 °F DOE regulations. The new definitions certified if it fails to achieve the and below 39 °F’’. (10 CFR 430.2) Thus, all include temperature ranges for the required compartment standardized the questions presented to DOE are (1) products’ compartments to help classify temperatures. Also, DOE will add to the whether such products can still be product types. However, as mentioned test procedure a modified version of the refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or in section III.B, these temperature test setting logic chart for basic freezers even if they are unable to attain ranges are not strictly defined to apply refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers the required standardized temperatures solely to energy test conditions. Hence, that is consistent with the new during testing and (2) whether these if a refrigerator cannot maintain 39 °F requirements. This modified table is products should even be rated. compartment temperature with presented as Table III.4 below.

TABLE III.4—INTERIM FINAL TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR REFRIGERATORS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS

First test Second test Energy calculation based on: Settings Results Settings Results

Fzr Mid ...... Fzr Low ...... Fzr Warm ...... Fzr Low ...... Second Test Only. FF Mid ...... FF Low ...... FF Warm ...... FF Low ...... Fzr Low ...... First and Second Tests. FF High ...... Fzr High ...... First and Second Tests. FF Low ...... Fzr High ...... First and Second Tests. FF High ...... Fzr Low ...... Fzr Cold ...... Fzr Low ...... No Energy Use Rating. FF High ...... FF Cold ...... FF High ...... Fzr Low ...... First and Second Tests. FF Low ...... Fzr High ...... Fzr Cold ...... Fzr High ...... No Energy Use Rating. FF Low ...... FF Cold ...... FF Low ...... Fzr Low ...... First and Second Tests. FF Low ...... Fzr High ...... Fzr Cold ...... Fzr Low ...... First and Second Tests. FF High ...... FF Cold ...... FF Low ......

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78842 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

TABLE III.4—INTERIM FINAL TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR REFRIGERATORS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS— Continued

First test Second test Energy calculation based on: Settings Results Settings Results

Fzr Low ...... No Energy Use Rating. FF High ...... Fzr High ...... No Energy Use Rating. FF Low ...... Fzr High ...... No Energy Use Rating. FF High ...... Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment.

All-Refrigerators and Freezers Based on stakeholder comments, the with controls set at the coldest position. DOE also proposed that a logic chart test instructions for these products have The logic chart for these products has for single-compartment products be been modified to prevent the rating of also been modified accordingly. The provided for all-refrigerators and any product that fails to achieve the modified chart is shown below as Table freezers. 75 FR 29846. standardized temperature during testing III.5.

TABLE III.5—TEMPERATURE SETTING CHART FOR ALL-REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS

First test Second test Energy calculation Settings Results Settings Results based on:

Mid ...... Low ...... Warm ...... Low ...... Second Test Only. High ...... First and Second Tests. High ...... Cold ...... Low ...... First and Second Tests. High ...... No Energy Use Rat- ing.

DOE believes the test instructions sixteen possible outcomes are modify the test procedure to incorporate listed in Table III.4 and Table III.5 eliminated based on similar a fixed placeholder value to represent should adequately address all test result considerations. All of these test icemaking energy use. DOE intends to possibilities for their respective procedure changes will become continue working on the development products. First, for single-compartment mandatory for testing on the compliance of an icemaking test procedure with the products, the measured temperature for date of any new energy conservation intent of eventually integrating it into each test could either be higher or lower standards that DOE decides to adopt for the test procedure in place of the fixed than the standardized temperature for products manufactured in 2014. placeholder as soon as possible. each compartment. This scenario DOE selected a fixed placeholder 7. Icemakers and Icemaking represents two possibilities for each of value for icemaking energy use based on two tests, indicating a total of two The current test procedure for ‘‘AHAM Update to DOE on Status of Ice multiplied by two, or four possibilities. refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers Maker Energy Test Procedure.’’ (No. 5.1 Second, for two-compartment products, does not measure the energy use at p. 11) That document specifies a daily the temperature of each of the two associated with ice production (HRF–1– production rate of 1.8 pounds of ice. compartments could be higher or lower 1979, section 7.4.2). As stated in the The average energy usage measurement than their standardized temperatures. NOPR, DOE estimates that the energy from this test was 128 Watt-hours per This scenario represents four use associated with automatic pound. Thus, the average daily energy possibilities for each test. Hence, the icemaking is in the range of 64 to 73 use associated with icemaking of these maximum number of possible outcomes kWh and represents 10 percent to 15 preliminary measurements is 0.23 kWh for such products is sixteen (fours tests percent of the rated energy use of and the average annual energy use is 84 multiplied by four possible outcomes). typical refrigeration products. 75 FR kWh. DOE proposed to implement this However, four of these possibilities are 29846–29847. Because of the potential value in the test procedure by very unlikely. For example, if the magnitude of this energy use, DOE is integrating the icemaking energy use freezer temperature is lower than the considering developing a test procedure value, designated IET and measured in standardized temperature for the first to account for the energy consumed by kWh per cycle, into the equations for test, which is conducted with the automatic icemaking systems. However, energy use per cycle, which would be settings at the median position, and the as the NOPR discussed, developing a included in the proposed Appendices A next test is conducted with the settings robust and repeatable test procedure and B in section 6.2. 75 FR 29846– in the coldest position, it is unlikely will take longer than the current 29847. that the freezer temperature will rise rulemaking cycle will allow. Hence, Most stakeholders agreed with this above its first-test measurement during instead of proposing to amend the test approach. The Joint Comments, ACEEE, the second test to exceed the procedure to include a measurement of AHAM, the IOUs, NDRC, NIST, Sub- standardized temperature. Four of the icemaking energy use, DOE proposed to Zero and Whirlpool all accepted the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 21:02 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78843

proposed approach to address automatic icemaking and none on Other comments addressed how the icemaking and also the temporary manual icemaking that would permit test method should report the results to placeholder value. (Joint Comments, No. DOE to create a comparable placeholder the consumer. The IOUs and Electrolux 20.1 at p. 5; ACEEE, No. 19.1 at p. 3– value for this task. The available believe that the kWh per year value for 4; AHAM, No. 16.1 at p. 10; IOUs, No. information, as described by the IOUs, icemaking from the future test method 14.1 at p. 1–2; NDRC, No. 21.1 at p. 5; suggests that much of the automatic should be communicated to the NIST, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 10 icemaking energy use is associated with consumer on the product as a visible at p. 148; Sub Zero, No. 10 at p. 150– the electric heater used to free the ice separate value from the kWh per year 151; Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 6–7) The from the mold. (IOUs, No. 14.1 at p. 2) value. (IOUs, No. 14.1 at p. 1–2; value of 0.23 kWh per day was of In comparison, manual icemaking Electrolux, No. 17.2 at p. 1, cell H157) concern to Electrolux, who asserted that involves the additional energy use The development of EnergyGuide the value is too low and does not truly associated with opening the freezer door requirements is under the jurisdiction of represent the icemaking energy across to insert the ice, which is likely to be the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) all refrigerators-freezers. (Electrolux, No. small when compared to the heater rather than DOE. Hence, FTC will 17.2 at p. 1, cell H155) Electrolux impact from automatic icemaking provided in their comments the same ultimately decide on the content of the systems. label. data that AHAM submitted to DOE in Taking these factors into account, November 2009 (Electrolux, No. 17.2 at DOE will incorporate a single, Ice in the Bin During Testing p. 3) These same data were used by DOE temporary placeholder value that will in developing these placeholder values. apply to products that have automatic DOE requested comment on whether Since no new data were provided, nor icemakers. This value would apply to the test procedure should provide did Electrolux state specific arguments products equipped either with or instructions regarding whether ice bins as to why the AHAM data might be without TTD ice service. Because should contain ice during testing. flawed, DOE does not believe there is automatic icemaking is possible in both AHAM, GE, and Whirlpool asserted that sufficient evidence or guidance to either refrigerator-freezers and freezers, the no ice should be present because the raise or lower the proposed value. modifications will be made in both amount of ice in the bin could vary from There was interest from the IOUs, Appendices A and B. unit to unit and its presence introduces NDRC, and NIST to define the daily ice a thermal load that can affect production factor in kWh/pound rather Development of a Test Method temperature measurements. (AHAM, than kWh/year, to allow flexibility for DOE sought comment on developing No. 16.1 at p. 10; GE, Public Meeting variation in icemaking capacity. (IOUs, a test method to determine icemaking Transcript, No. 10 at p. 143–145; No. 14.1 at p. 3; NIST, Public Meeting energy use. DOE expects to work with Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 7) DOE Transcript, No. 10 at p. 147; NRDC, No. AHAM to develop such a procedure. acknowledges that adding ice during 21.1 at p. 5–6) A production factor in kWh/pound, when coupled with a Electrolux voiced concern that the testing would affect the thermal standardized ice production rate of lbs/ proper development of a robust and loading—and overall measured energy day, would enable a metric in units of reproducible icemaking test procedure consumption—of a refrigerator-freezer kWh/year to be calculated. This metric will take longer than the time permitted equipped with automatic defrost. could then be added to the total energy under this rulemaking. (Electrolux, No. Whirlpool also asserted that there may use of the product. The IOUs 17.2 at p. 1, cell H159) The Joint be significant impacts on measured additionally suggested differentiating Comments provided a draft timeline for energy use, manufacturer cost, facilities, the placeholder value energy use development of a procedure including testing capability, lead time, or any depending on the functional differences (1) development of a test procedure by combination of these if this amendment between refrigerators and freezers with January 1, 2012, (2) a test procedure is introduced prior to the compliance automatic icemakers. However, the rulemaking to modify the DOE test date for the new energy conservation available data provides an insufficient procedure to adopt this procedure standards. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 2) basis on which to establish such starting on January 1, 2012, and culminating in a final rule by December Under the current procedure variation in the placeholder value based (Appendix A1, section 2.3), refrigerator- on product characteristics. Also, since 31, 2012, (3) an energy conservation standard rulemaking culminating in a freezers with automatic defrost are DOE is instituting a fixed placeholder tested with no thermal load in their value for automatic icemaker energy final rule by July 1, 2013, that would adjust the energy conservation freezer compartments. Hence, the use, DOE perceives no value in thermal load associated with a full ice representing the energy use on a kWh standards to address any differences bin could represent a significant per pound basis at this time. Hence, the between the current placeholder value additional thermal mass, which would placeholder value will be represented in and the average automatic icemaker lengthen the compressor on-cycles kWh per year and added to the energy use measured using the new measured energy use to provide a single procedure, and (4) an effective date for during testing, and may reduce the metric for refrigeration product the adjusted standards three years after measured energy use by reducing off- performance. the energy standard rulemaking final cycle losses. To avoid this result, in GE suggested that adding the energy rule. (Joint Comment, No. 20.1 at p. 5– DOE’s view, refrigerator-freezers with use of automatic icemakers into the 6) This schedule extends beyond the automatic defrost should be tested with energy use calculation, but not final rule of this rulemaking, as empty ice bins. To ensure consistency providing a similar placeholder for suggested by Electrolux. DOE intends to among test procedures of different manual icemaking, misleads consumers support the development of a test products, DOE is requiring that all ice because it implies that there is no method for measurement of icemaking bins remain empty for all products energy associated with manual energy use, and will act to amend the during testing. To address concerns icemaking. (GE, Public Meeting test procedure and energy standard regarding potential changes in measured Transcript, No. 10 at p. 156–157) accordingly, once a test method has energy use, this change will apply to Currently, DOE has data only on been developed. new Appendices A and B.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78844 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

F. Other Issues Additionally, ThermoCor provided metric would potentially affect This section discusses comments details of an accelerated life test (ALT) consumers. Fisher & Paykel did not made by stakeholders regarding items developed by Panasonic, a vacuum identify any particular instances of test for which DOE has not made panel manufacturer. ThermoCor procedure values being in round corresponding changes in the test proposed that this test could be Imperial units that introduce errors in procedure. conducted for the entire refrigeration testing, nor did they indicate whether cabinet to assess long-term performance, converting to round metric units could 1. Electric Heaters and that a different test could be cause any change in measured energy Refrigeration products use electric developed to assess the long-term use, making it difficult for DOE to fully heaters for a variety of functions. The performance of the compressor. The evaluate this recommendation. Further, NOPR discussed these functions, ALT uses cycling between 80 °C and prior to making such a change, DOE described current approaches to heater ¥30 °C. A first test is conducted prior would, ideally, obtain comments from operation during energy testing, and to the accelerated aging. Subsequently, other stakeholders involved in testing highlighted possible modifications to the test is repeated three times after and reporting product performance to the current test requirements for heaters. three separate periods of 9 days of determine if this concern is widely Five types of heaters were discussed— temperature cycling. (ThermoCor, No. shared. Hence, DOE is declining to anti-sweat, defrost, temperature control, 18.1 at pp. 1–3) adopt the change suggested by Fisher & automatic icemaker, and exterior Testing of the long-term efficiency of Paykel. DOE may revisit this issue in a heaters. The NOPR asked whether these products has not yet been introduced in future rulemaking. heaters serve any other functions and DOE test procedures, although it has been proposed for refrigerated walk-in G. Compliance With Other EPCA whether other types of electric Requirements resistance heaters are present in enclosures. See 75 FR 55068, 55074 refrigeration products. DOE sought to (September 9, 2010). DOE recognizes the In addition, DOE examined its other understand any additional heater importance of such a test, particularly obligations under EPCA in developing applications, how they contribute to for a component that may have a this final rule and interim final rule. energy use in normal operating degraded lifetime performance as These requirements are addressed in conditions and during testing under the suggested by Nanopore. However, greater detail below. current DOE energy test, and whether applying such lifetime performance 1. Test Burden the current procedure requires any tests to entire refrigeration products Section 323(b)(3) of EPCA requires amending to more accurately reflect (i.e., rather than to individual vacuum that ‘‘any test procedures prescribed or their actual energy usage in the field. 75 panels) has, to DOE’s knowledge, not amended under this section shall be FR 29848–29849. been evaluated to confirm the accuracy Whirlpool commented that they were of this approach. DOE further notes that reasonably designed to produce test unaware of additional uses for electric this type of test could represent a results which measure energy resistance heaters in refrigeration significant additional test burden. In efficiency, energy use * * * or products. (Whirlpool, No. 12.1 at p. 7) light of these concerns, the adoption of estimated annual operating cost of a NDRC commented generally, stating that such a procedure into DOE’s regulations covered product during a representative better insulation in many cases could be would require additional input from the average use cycle or period of use * * * used to ameliorate the need for public. Consequently, DOE is not and shall not be unduly burdensome to resistance heating. (NDRC, No. 21.1 at p. adopting a lifetime performance test at conduct.’’ (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) For the 6) Because stakeholders identified no this time. reasons that follow, DOE has concluded that the amendments being adopted new functions for electric heaters, DOE 3. Metric Units has made no additional test procedure today satisfy this requirement. amendments to address their energy use DOE did not propose in the NOPR any The amendments generally at this time. test procedure changes specifically incorporate minor adjustments to test addressing the use of metric units. See sample set-up procedures, the treatment 2. Vacuum Insulation Panel generally, 75 FR 29824. of certain product features such as Performance Fisher & Paykel commented that all convertible compartments, compartment DOE did not propose any test dimensions detailed in the test temperatures, and volume calculation procedure changes specifically procedures should be expressed in methods. Most of these amendments associated with vacuum insulation rounded metric units and that Imperial require no changes in the current panel (VIP) performance in the NOPR. (i.e., English) units should be provided requirements for equipment and Nanopore commented that the test in parentheses. In Fisher & Paykel’s instrumentation for testing or the time procedure should include a lifetime view, such a change would be justified required for testing. performance test to evaluate the long- since all other international markets With respect to the test method for term efficiency of products. Nanopore other than the U.S. use the metric variable anti-sweat heaters, the made this recommendation to address system. The company added that procedure DOE is adopting today some low quality vacuum panels that making this change would also remove applies the test procedure found in the can lose as much as 80 percent of their potential sources of error. (Fisher & GE waiver (see discussion in section thermal resistance over the timeframe of Paykel, No. 24.2 at p. 1) DOE notes that III.D.9 above) rather than the more a few months. Suggested procedures to the Imperial system, using inches, feet, complicated approach proposed in the measure long-term performance and Fahrenheit for some of the key NOPR that would have required the use included (1) requiring a measurement 6 measurements made for refrigeration of a humidity-controlled test chamber or 12 months after manufacture, (2) products, is the primary system used by and the conducting of three tests to aging of vacuum insulation panels in an U.S. consumers. Since some of the measure energy use for steady-state 80 °C environment for a period of time measurements, such as product cycling operation of a refrigerator- and then testing them, and (3) aging of volumes, are used in marketing freezer. By adopting this modified the entire product and subsequently literature as well as in the test approach, the new procedure reduces testing it. (Nanopore, No. 11.1 at p. 1). procedure and test reports, converting to the number of tests required for

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78845

products with anti-sweat heater The procedure that DOE is adopting levels for refrigeration products. DOE’s switches and relies on a calculated today already satisfies these parallel standards rulemaking proposed value to represent the anti-sweat heater requirements. The DOE test procedures levels that are based on the levels energy use contribution when for refrigeration products involve submitted as part of that agreement. The calculating the total energy usage of a measuring the energy use of these industry has since raised concerns about given product. This change considerably products during extended time periods the interplay between these proposed reduces the testing burden that include periods when the standards and the test procedure that manufacturers would have faced under compressor and other key components DOE ultimately adopts. These concerns the proposal while providing a are cycled off. All of the energy these revolve around the following issues: (1) definitive method to account for anti- products use during the ‘‘off cycles’’ is Modification of the set-up procedures sweat heater energy use. included in the measurements. The for special compartments with heated Regarding heated-temperature-control refrigeration product could include any temperature control; (2) modification of special compartments, the procedure in auxiliary features which draw power in the long-time defrost test procedure to the interim final rule requires the a standby or off mode. HRF–1–1979 and capture pre-cooling energy use; and (3) averaging of tests conducted with the HRF–1–2008 provide instructions that establishment of test procedures for temperature control settings in the certain auxiliary features should be set products with multiple defrost cycle coldest and warmest positions. This to the lowest power position during types. approach doubles the test time for testing. In this lowest power position, DOE notes that its test procedure products with such special any standby or off mode energy use of NOPR was published on May 27, 2010, compartments. However, as described in such auxiliary features would be over two months before the date of the section III.D.5, few products have such included in the energy measurement. consensus agreement. Given this fact, compartments. DOE estimates that these Hence, no separate changes are needed DOE believes that industry negotiators products represent less than 5% of to account for standby and off mode had an ample opportunity to consider standard-size refrigerator-freezers, based energy consumption, since the current the potential impacts of the proposed on (1) estimates that 20% of such procedures (and as modified in this test procedure amendments prior to products have special compartments final rule and interim final rule) address finalizing the consensus agreement (see the discussion in section III.D.5 these modes. standards. The industry has not asserted reviewing major manufacturers’ product that it has had an insufficient amount of details), and (2) the observation that of 3. Addressing Changes in Measured Energy Use time to consider the NOPR’s provisions the two refrigerator-freezers examined in developing the consensus standard for reverse engineering as part of the Section 323(e)(1) of EPCA requires levels. Accordingly, DOE believes that refrigeration product energy that DOE consider whether a new test the standards set forth in that agreement conservation standard rulemaking that procedure alters the measured energy were based on a serious and thoughtful had special compartments, neither use of any covered product. (42 U.S.C. consideration of the new changes to the utilized heating to achieve temperature 6293(e)(1)) Further, section 323(e)(2) of test procedure that DOE proposed in control. The averaging of two tests EPCA requires DOE to amend the May 2010. potentially represents a smaller test applicable standards if DOE determines In spite of these facts, DOE is burden than the proposed approach of that a new test procedure would alter modifying its scheduled requiring the highest energy use the measured energy use of a covered implementation of certain provisions to position. Under the proposed approach, product. The amended standard would provide manufacturers with additional AHAM indicated that manufacturers be based on the average measurements time to adjust to the new procedures. By would have to run tests at each setting made for a representative sample of implementing these particular changes to determine which represents the minimally compliant products. (42 through the interim final rule, DOE U.S.C. 6293(e)(2)) highest energy use. (AHAM, No. 16.1 at seeks to mitigate the potential burdens As discussed above, DOE has made a p. 5) DOE notes that the averaging of on industry while ensuring that the test such tests that is being adopted today is number of changes to account for the concerns raised by industry regarding procedure is sufficiently robust and justified because it provides better comprehensive to capture the energy consistency with a representative the timing of certain provisions that DOE had proposed to make effective 30 use from refrigeration products. average use cycle, as required by EPCA. Additionally, by following this (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) days after the publication of the final rule. These changes include providing approach, DOE invites the submission 2. Potential Amendments To Include manufacturers with additional time of additional input from the public Standby and Off Mode Energy (2014) to use certain procedures when regarding the procedures to address Consumption conducting the test procedure. As a special compartments with heated EPCA directs DOE to amend test result, the interim final rule sets out the temperature control, long-time or procedures ‘‘to include standby mode procedures manufacturers must follow variable defrost in order to capture pre- and off mode energy consumption starting in 2014 with respect to special cooling and partial recovery energy use, * * * with such energy consumption compartments with heated temperature and multiple defrost cycles. DOE will integrated into the overall energy control, long-time or variable defrost in consider these comments and, to the efficiency, energy consumption, or other order to capture pre-cooling and partial extent necessary, consider any needed energy descriptor for each covered recovery energy use, and multiple adjustments. product, unless the Secretary defrost cycles. The interim final rule IV. Procedural Requirements determines that—(i) the current test also addresses compartment procedures for a covered product temperature changes and volume A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 already fully account for and calculations. The Office of Management and Budget incorporate the standby and off mode Also as discussed above, industry and has determined that test procedure energy consumption of the covered efficiency advocates negotiated a rulemakings do not constitute product * * *’’ 42 U.S.C. consensus agreement, dated July 30, ‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ under 6295(gg)(2)(A)(i). 2010, that sets forth a series of standard section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78846 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR Milwaukee, Wisconsin is a small approval by OMB under the Paperwork 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this business that manufactures these Reduction Act (PRA). This requirement action was not subject to review under products. U-Line primarily has been submitted to OMB for the Executive Order by the Office of manufactures compact refrigerators and approval. Public reporting burden for Information and Regulatory Affairs related compact products such as wine the certification is estimated to average (OIRA) in the Office of Management and coolers and icemakers (these icemakers 20 hours per response, including the Budget (OMB). are distinguished from the automatic time for reviewing instructions, icemakers installed in many residential searching existing data sources, B. Review Under the Regulatory refrigeration products in that they are gathering and maintaining the data Flexibility Act complete icemaking appliances using needed, and completing and reviewing The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 either typical residential icemaking the collection of information. U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation technology or the clear icemaking Public comment is sought regarding: of an initial regulatory flexibility technology used extensively in whether this proposed collection of analysis for any rule that by law must commercial icemakers—they are information is necessary for the proper be proposed for public comment, unless distinguished from refrigerators in that performance of the functions of the the agency certifies that the proposed their sole purpose is production and agency, including whether the rule, if promulgated, will not have a storage of ice). information shall have practical utility; significant economic impact on a DOE had tentatively concluded that the accuracy of the burden estimate; substantial number of small entities. As the final rule and interim final rule will ways to enhance the quality, utility, and required by Executive Order 13272, not have a significant impact on small clarity of the information to be ‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities manufacturers under the provisions of collected; and ways to minimize the in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461 the Regulatory Flexibility Act. DOE burden of the collection of information, (August 16, 2002), DOE published received no comments objecting to this including through the use of automated procedures and policies on February 19, conclusion. Accordingly, the final rule collection techniques or other forms of 2003, to ensure that the potential and the interim final rule amend DOE’s information technology. Send comments impacts of its rules on small entities are energy test procedures for refrigeration on these or any other aspects of the properly considered during the products. These amendments do not collection of information to Subid rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE require use of test facilities or test Wagley (see ADDRESSES) and by e-mail has made its procedures and policies equipment that differ significantly from to [email protected]. available on the Office of the General the test facilities or test equipment that Notwithstanding any other provision Counsel’s Web site (http://www.gc. manufacturers currently use to evaluate of the law, no person is required to doe.gov). the energy efficiency of these products. respond to, nor shall any person be DOE reviewed the test procedures in Further, the amended test procedures subject to a penalty for failure to comply today’s final rule and interim final rule will not be significantly more difficult with, a collection of information subject under the provisions of the Regulatory or time-consuming to conduct than to the requirements of the PRA, unless Flexibility Act and the procedures and current DOE energy test procedures. that collection of information displays a policies published on February 19, For these reasons, DOE concludes and currently valid OMB Control Number. 2003. This final rule and interim final certifies that the proposed rule would D. Review Under the National rule prescribe test procedures that will not have a significant economic impact Environmental Policy Act of 1969 be used to test compliance with energy on a substantial number of small conservation standards for the products entities. Accordingly, DOE has not In this notice, DOE amends its test that are the subject of this rulemaking. prepared a regulatory flexibility analysis procedure for refrigerators, refrigerator- The Small Business Administration for this rulemaking. DOE has freezers, and freezers. These (SBA) considers an entity to be a small transmitted the certification and amendments will improve the ability of business if, together with its affiliates, it supporting statement of factual basis to DOE’s procedures to more accurately employs less than a threshold number of the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the account for the energy consumption of workers specified in 13 CFR part 121, SBA for review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b). products that incorporate a variety of which relies on size standards and new technologies that were not codes established by the North C. Review Under the Paperwork contemplated when the current American Industry Classification Reduction Act of 1995 procedure was promulgated. The System (NAICS). The threshold number Manufacturers of refrigeration amendments also will be used to for NAICS code 335222, which applies products must certify to DOE that their develop and implement future energy to Household Refrigerator and Home products comply with any applicable conservation standards for refrigeration Freezer Manufacturing, is 1,000 energy conservation standard. In products. DOE has determined that this employees. certifying compliance, manufacturers final rule and interim final rule fall into DOE searched the SBA Web site must test their products according to the a class of actions that are categorically (http://dsbs.sba.gov/dsbs/search/ DOE test procedure for refrigeration excluded from review under the dsp_dsbs.cfm) to identify manufacturers products, including any amendments National Environmental Policy Act of within this NAICS code that produce adopted for that test procedure. DOE has 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and DOE’s refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and/ proposed regulations for the implementing regulations at 10 CFR part or freezers. Most of the manufacturers certification and recordkeeping 1021. Specifically, this rule amends an supplying these products are large requirements for all covered consumer existing rule without changing its multinational corporations with more products and commercial equipment, environmental effect, and, therefore, is than 1,000 employees. There are several including the refrigeration products covered by the Categorical Exclusion in small businesses involved in the sale of addressed by today’s final rule and 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, paragraph refrigeration products that are listed on interim final rule. 75 FR 56796 (Sept. A5. The exclusion applies because this the SBA Web site under the NAICS code 16, 2010). The collection-of-information rule establishes revisions to existing test for this industry. However, DOE requirement for the certification and procedures that will not affect the believes that only U-Line Corporation of recordkeeping is subject to review and amount, quality, or distribution of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78847

energy usage, and, therefore, will not regulation; (3) a clear legal standard for Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires result in any environmental impacts. affected conduct while promoting Federal agencies to issue a Family Accordingly, neither an environmental simplification and burden reduction; (4) Policymaking Assessment for any rule assessment nor an environmental the retroactive effect, if any; (5) that may affect family well-being. impact statement is required. definitions of key terms; and (6) other Today’s final rule and interim final rule important issues affecting clarity and would not have any impact on the E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 general draftsmanship under any autonomy or integrity of the family as Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ guidelines issued by the Attorney an institution. Accordingly, DOE has imposes certain requirements on General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order concluded that it is not necessary to agencies formulating and implementing 12988 requires Executive agencies to prepare a Family Policymaking policies or regulations that preempt review regulations in light of applicable Assessment. State law or that have Federalism standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 implications. 64 FR 43255 (August 10, determine whether they are met or 1999). The Executive Order requires whether it is unreasonable to meet one DOE has determined, under Executive agencies to examine the constitutional or more of them. DOE has completed the Order 12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions and statutory authority supporting any required review and determined that, to and Interference with Constitutionally action that would limit the the extent permitted by law, this final Protected Property Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 policymaking discretion of the States rule and interim final rule meet the (March 18, 1988), that this regulation and to carefully assess the necessity for relevant standards of Executive Order would not result in any takings that such actions. The Executive Order also 12988. might require compensation under the requires agencies to have an accountable Fifth Amendment to the U.S. process to ensure meaningful and timely G. Review Under the Unfunded Constitution. input by State and local officials in the Mandates Reform Act of 1995 J. Review Under the Treasury and development of regulatory policies that Title II of the Unfunded Mandates General Government Appropriations have Federalism implications. On Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. Act, 2001 March 14, 2000, DOE published a 104–4; 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.) requires statement of policy describing the each Federal agency to assess the effects Section 515 of the Treasury and intergovernmental consultation process of Federal regulatory actions on State, General Government Appropriations that it will follow in developing such local, and Tribal governments and the Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE private sector. For a regulatory action for agencies to review most examined this final rule and interim resulting in a rule that may cause the disseminations of information to the final rule and determined that it will not expenditure by State, local, and Tribal public under guidelines established by have a substantial direct effect on the governments, in the aggregate, or by the each agency pursuant to general States, on the relationship between the private sector of $100 million or more guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s national government and the States, or in any one year (adjusted annually for guidelines were published at 67 FR on the distribution of power and inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s responsibilities among the various a Federal agency to publish estimates of guidelines were published at 67 FR levels of government. EPCA governs and the resulting costs, benefits, and other 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed prescribes Federal preemption of State effects on the national economy. (2 today’s rule under OMB and DOE regulations as to energy conservation for U.S.C. 1532(a)–(b)) UMRA also requires guidelines and has concluded that it is the products that are the subject of a Federal agency to develop an effective consistent with applicable policies in today’s final rule and interim final rule. process to permit timely input by those guidelines. States can petition DOE for exemption elected officers of State, local, and K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 from such preemption to the extent, and Tribal governments on a proposed based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 ‘‘significant intergovernmental Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions U.S.C. 6297) No further action is mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan Concerning Regulations That required by Executive Order 13132. for giving notice and opportunity for Significantly Affect Energy Supply, timely input to potentially affected Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 small governments before establishing 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to Regarding the review of existing any requirements that might prepare and submit to OIRA a Statement regulations and the promulgation of significantly or uniquely affect such of Energy Effects for any significant new regulations, section 3(a) of governments. On March 18, 1997, DOE energy action. A ‘‘significant energy Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice published a statement of policy on its action’’ is defined as any action by an Reform,’’ 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), process for intergovernmental agency that promulgates or is expected imposes on Federal agencies the general consultation under UMRA. 62 FR to lead to promulgation of a final rule duty to adhere to the following 12820. (The policy is also available at and that (1) is a significant regulatory requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting http://www.gc.doe.gov). Today’s final action under Executive Order 12866, or errors and ambiguity; (2) write rule and interim final rule contain any successor order; and (2) is likely to regulations to minimize litigation; (3) neither an intergovernmental mandate have a significant adverse effect on the provide a clear legal standard for nor a mandate that may result in an supply, distribution, or use of energy; or affected conduct rather than a general expenditure of $100 million or more in (3) is designated by the Administrator of standard; and (4) promote simplification any year, so these requirements do not OIRA as a significant energy action. For and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of apply. any significant energy action, the agency Executive Order 12988 specifically must give a detailed statement of any requires that Executive agencies make H. Review Under the Treasury and adverse effects on energy supply, every reasonable effort to ensure that the General Government Appropriations distribution, or use if the regulation is regulation specifies the following: (1) Act, 1999 implemented, and of reasonable The preemptive effect, if any; (2) any Section 654 of the Treasury and alternatives to the action and their effect on existing Federal law or General Government Appropriations expected benefits on energy supply,

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78848 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

distribution, and use. Today’s regulatory List of Subjects in 10 CFR part 430 and adding new paragraphs (g)(1) and action is not a significant regulatory Administrative practice and (g)(3), to read as follows: action under Executive Order 12866. It procedure, Confidential business has likewise not been designated as a § 430.3 Materials incorporated by information, Energy conservation, reference. significant energy action by the Household appliances, Imports, (g) * * * Administrator of OIRA. Moreover, it Incorporation by reference, would not have a significant adverse (1) ANSI/AHAM HRF–1–1979, Intergovernmental relations, Small (Revision of ANSI B38.1–1970), (‘‘HRF– effect on the supply, distribution, or use businesses. of energy. Therefore, it is not a 1–1979’’), American National Standard, significant energy action, and, Issued in Washington, DC, on November Household Refrigerators, Combination accordingly, DOE has not prepared a 18, 2010. Refrigerator-Freezers and Household Statement of Energy Effects. Cathy Zoi, Freezers, approved May 17, 1979, IBR Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and approved for Appendices A1 and B1 to L. Review Under Section 32 of the Renewable Energy. Subpart B. Federal Energy Administration Act of ■ For the reasons stated in the preamble, * * * * * 1974 DOE amends part 430 of chapter II of (3) AHAM Standard HRF–1–2008, Under section 301 of the DOE title 10, of the Code of Federal (‘‘HRF–1–2008’’), Association of Home Organization Act (Pub. L. 95–91; 42 Regulations, as set forth below: Appliance Manufacturers, Energy and U.S.C. 7101 et seq.), DOE must comply Internal Volume of Refrigerating with section 32 of the Federal Energy PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION Appliances (2008), including Errata to Administration Act of 1974, as amended PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER Energy and Internal Volume of by the Federal Energy Administration PRODUCTS Refrigerating Appliances, Correction Sheet issued November 17, 2009, IBR Authorization Act of 1977 (FEAA). (15 ■ 1. The authority citation for part 430 approved for Appendices A and B to U.S.C. 788) Section 32 essentially continues to read as follows: provides in part that, where a proposed Subpart B. Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. rule authorizes or requires use of * * * * * 2461 note. ■ commercial standards, the rulemaking ■ 2. Section 430.2 is amended by 3. Section 430.23 is amended by ■ a. Adding an introductory paragraph must inform the public of the use and revising the definitions for ‘‘electric before paragraph (a); and background of such standards. In refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric refrigerator- ■ b. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b). addition, section 32(c) requires DOE to freezer’’ to read as follows: consult with the Attorney General and The additions and revisions read as the Chairman of the Federal Trade § 430.2 Definitions. follows: Commission (FTC) concerning the * * * * * § 430.23 Test procedures for the impact of the commercial or industry Electric refrigerator means a cabinet measurement of energy and water standards on competition. designed for the refrigerated storage of consumption. The proposed modifications to the food, designed to be capable of When the test procedures of this test procedures addressed by this action achieving storage temperatures above 32 section call for rounding off of test ° ° ° ° incorporate testing methods contained F (0 C) and below 39 F (3.9 C), and results, and the results fall equally in certain sections of the commercial having a source of refrigeration between two values of the nearest standards, AHAM Standards HRF–1– requiring single phase, alternating dollar, kilowatt-hour, or other specified 1979 and HRF–1–2008. DOE has current electric energy input only. An nearest value, the result shall be evaluated these two versions of this electric refrigerator may include a rounded up to the nearest higher value. standard and is unable to conclude compartment for the freezing and (a) Refrigerators and refrigerator- whether it fully complies with the storage of food at temperatures below freezers. (1) The estimated annual requirements of section 32(b) of the 32°F (0 °C), but does not provide a operating cost for electric refrigerators FEAA (i.e., whether it was developed in separate low temperature compartment and electric refrigerator-freezers without a manner that fully provides for public designed for the freezing and storage of an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the participation, comment, and review.) food at temperatures below 8 °F (¥13.3 product of the following three factors, DOE has consulted with both the °C). the resulting product then being Attorney General and the Chairman of Electric refrigerator-freezer means a rounded off to the nearest dollar per the FTC about the impact on cabinet which consists of two or more year: competition of using the methods compartments with at least one of the (i) The representative average-use contained in these standards and has compartments designed for the cycle of 365 cycles per year; received no comments objecting to their refrigerated storage of food and designed (ii) The average per-cycle energy use. to be capable of achieving storage consumption for the standard cycle in temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C) and M. Congressional Notification kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined below 39 °F (3.9 °C), and with at least according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will one of the compartments designed for vented units) of Appendix A1 of this report to Congress on the promulgation the freezing and storage of food at subpart before Appendix A becomes of today’s rule before its effective date. temperatures below 8 °F (¥13.3 °C) mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally The report will state that it has been which may be adjusted by the user to a vented units) of Appendix A of this determined that the rule is not a ‘‘major temperature of 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) or below. subpart after Appendix A becomes rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). The source of refrigeration requires mandatory (see the note at the beginning single phase, alternating current electric V. Approval of the Office of the of Appendix A); and energy input only. (iii) The representative average unit Secretary * * * * * cost of electricity in dollars per The Secretary of Energy has approved ■ 3. Section 430.3 is amended by kilowatt-hour as provided by the publication of these final rules. redesignating paragraph (g)(1) as (g)(2) Secretary.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78849

(2) The estimated annual operating kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined consumption for a test cycle type with cost for electric refrigerators and electric according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally the anti-sweat heater switch in the refrigerator-freezers with an anti-sweat vented units) of Appendix A1 of this position set at the factory just before heater switch shall be the product of the subpart before Appendix A becomes shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per following three factors, the resulting mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 product then being rounded off to the vented units) of Appendix A of this for externally vented units) of Appendix nearest dollar per year: subpart after Appendix A becomes A1 of this subpart before Appendix A (i) The representative average-use mandatory (see the note at the beginning becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for cycle of 365 cycles per year; of Appendix A), the resulting quotient externally vented units) of Appendix A (ii) Half the sum of the average per- then being rounded off to the second of this subpart after Appendix A cycle energy consumption for the decimal place; and becomes mandatory (see the note at the standard cycle and the average per-cycle (ii) For electric refrigerators and beginning of Appendix A). energy consumption for a test cycle type electric refrigerator-freezers having an (6) Other useful measures of energy with the anti-sweat heater switch in the anti-sweat heater switch, the quotient consumption for electric refrigerators position set at the factory just before of: and electric refrigerator-freezers shall be shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per (A) The adjusted total volume in those measures of energy consumption cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 for electric refrigerators and electric for externally vented units) of Appendix of Appendix A1 of this subpart before refrigerator-freezers that the Secretary A1 of this subpart before Appendix A Appendix A becomes mandatory and determines are likely to assist becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for 6.1 of Appendix A of this subpart after consumers in making purchasing externally vented units) of Appendix A Appendix A becomes mandatory (see decisions which are derived from the of this subpart after Appendix A the note at the beginning of Appendix application of Appendix A1 of this becomes mandatory (see the note at the A), divided by — subpart before Appendix A becomes beginning of Appendix A); and (B) Half the sum of the average per- mandatory Appendix A of this subpart (iii) The representative average unit cycle energy consumption for the after Appendix A becomes mandatory cost of electricity in dollars per standard cycle and the average per-cycle (see the note at the beginning of kilowatt-hour as provided by the energy consumption for a test cycle type Appendix A). Secretary. with the anti-sweat heater switch in the (7) The estimated regional annual (3) The estimated annual operating position set at the factory just before operating cost for externally vented cost for any other specified cycle type shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per electric refrigerators and externally for electric refrigerators and electric cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 vented electric refrigerator-freezers refrigerator-freezers shall be the product for externally vented units) of Appendix without an anti-sweat heater switch of the following three factors, the A1 of this subpart before Appendix A shall be the product of the following resulting product then being rounded becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for three factors, the resulting product then off to the nearest dollar per year: externally vented units) of Appendix A being rounded off to the nearest dollar (i) The representative average-use of this subpart after Appendix A per year: cycle of 365 cycles per year; becomes mandatory (see the note at the (i) The representative average-use (ii) The average per-cycle energy beginning of Appendix A), the resulting cycle of 365 cycles per year, consumption for the specified cycle quotient then being rounded off to the (ii) The regional average per-cycle type, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 second decimal place. energy consumption for the standard for externally vented units) of Appendix (5) The annual energy use of electric cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, A1 to this subpart before Appendix A refrigerators and electric refrigerator- determined according to 6.3.7 of becomes mandatory and 6.2 (6.3.6 for freezers, expressed in kilowatt-hours per Appendix A1 of this subpart before externally vented units) of Appendix A year, shall be the following, rounded to Appendix A becomes mandatory and of this subpart after Appendix A the nearest kilowatt-hour per year: 6.3.7 of Appendix A of this subpart after becomes mandatory (see the note at the (i) For electric refrigerators and Appendix A becomes mandatory (see beginning of Appendix A); and electric refrigerator-freezers without an the note at the beginning of Appendix (iii) The representative average unit anti-sweat heater switch, the A); and cost of electricity in dollars per representative average use cycle of 365 (iii) The representative average unit kilowatt-hour as provided by the cycles per year multiplied by the cost of electricity in dollars per Secretary. average per-cycle energy consumption kilowatt-hour as provided by the (4) The energy factor for electric for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours Secretary. refrigerators and electric refrigerator- per cycle, determined according to 6.2 (8) The estimated regional annual freezers, expressed in cubic feet per (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of operating cost for externally vented kilowatt-hour per cycle, shall be: Appendix A1 of this subpart before electric refrigerators and externally (i) For electric refrigerators and Appendix A becomes mandatory and vented electric refrigerator-freezers with electric refrigerator-freezers without an 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the anti-sweat heater switch, the quotient Appendix A of this subpart after product of the following three factors, of: Appendix A becomes mandatory (see the resulting product then being (A) The adjusted total volume in the note at the beginning of Appendix rounded off to the nearest dollar per cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 A), and year: of Appendix A1 of this subpart before (ii) For electric refrigerators and (i) The representative average-use Appendix A becomes mandatory and electric refrigerator-freezers having an cycle of 365 cycles per year; 6.1 of Appendix A of this subpart after anti-sweat heater switch, the (ii) Half the sum of the average per- Appendix A becomes mandatory (see representative average use cycle of 365 cycle energy consumption for the the note at the beginning of Appendix cycles per year multiplied by half the standard cycle and the regional average A), divided by— sum of the average per-cycle energy per-cycle energy consumption for a test (B) The average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle and cycle with the anti-sweat heater switch consumption for the standard cycle in the average per-cycle energy in the position set at the factory just

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78850 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

before shipping, each in kilowatt-hours (ii) Applying the prescribed test to the note at the beginning of Appendix per cycle, determined according to 6.3.7 that product would evaluate it in a B); and of Appendix A1 of this subpart before manner that is unrepresentative of its (iii) The representative average unit Appendix A becomes mandatory and true energy consumption (thereby cost of electricity in dollars per 6.3.7 of Appendix A of this subpart after providing materially inaccurate kilowatt-hour as provided by the Appendix A becomes mandatory (see comparative data), a manufacturer must Secretary. the note at the beginning of Appendix obtain a waiver in accordance with the (3) The estimated annual operating A); and relevant provisions of 10 CFR part 430. cost for any other specified cycle type (iii) The representative average unit Examples: for freezers shall be the product of the cost of electricity in dollars per A. Energy saving features that are following three factors, the resulting kilowatt-hour as provided by the designed to be activated by a lack of product then being rounded off to the Secretary. door openings shall not be functional nearest dollar per year: (9) The estimated regional annual during the energy test. (i) The representative average-use operating cost for any other specified B. The defrost heater should not cycle of 365 cycles per year; cycle for externally vented electric either function or turn off differently (ii) The average per-cycle energy refrigerators and externally vented during the energy test than it would consumption for the specified cycle electric refrigerator-freezers shall be the when operating in typical room type, determined according to 6.2 of product of the following three factors, conditions. Appendix B1 of this subpart before the resulting product then being C. Electric heaters that would Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 rounded off to the nearest dollar per normally operate at typical room of Appendix B of this subpart after year: conditions with door openings should Appendix B becomes mandatory (see (i) The representative average-use also operate during the energy test. the note at the beginning of Appendix cycle of 365 cycles per year; D. Energy used during adaptive B); and (iii) The representative average unit (ii) The regional average per-cycle defrost shall continue to be tested and cost of electricity in dollars per energy consumption for the specified adjusted per the calculation provided kilowatt-hour as provided by the cycle, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, for in this test procedure. Secretary. (b) Freezers. (1) The estimated annual determined according to 6.3.7 of (4) The energy factor for freezers, operating cost for freezers without an Appendix A1 of this subpart before expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt- anti-sweat heater switch shall be the Appendix A becomes mandatory and hour per cycle, shall be: 6.3.7 of Appendix A of this subpart after product of the following three factors, (i) For freezers not having an anti- Appendix A becomes mandatory (see the resulting product then being sweat heater switch, the quotient of: the note at the beginning of Appendix rounded off to the nearest dollar per (A) The adjusted net refrigerated A); and year: volume in cubic feet, determined (iii) The representative average unit (i) The representative average-use according to 6.1 of Appendix B1 of this cost of electricity in dollars per cycle of 365 cycles per year; subpart before Appendix B becomes kilowatt-hour as provided by the (ii) The average per-cycle energy mandatory and 6.1 of Appendix B of Secretary. consumption for the standard cycle in this subpart after Appendix B becomes (10) The following principles of kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined mandatory (see the note at the beginning interpretation should be applied to the according to 6.2 of Appendix B1 of this of Appendix B), divided by— test procedure. The intent of the energy subpart before Appendix B becomes (B) The average per-cycle energy test procedure is to simulate typical mandatory and 6.2 of Appendix B of consumption for the standard cycle in room conditions (approximately 70 °F this subpart after Appendix B becomes kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined (21 °C)) with door openings, by testing mandatory (see the note at the beginning according to 6.2 of Appendix B1 of this at 90 °F (32.2 °C) without door of Appendix B); and subpart before Appendix B becomes openings. Except for operating (iii) The representative average unit mandatory and 6.2 of Appendix B of characteristics that are affected by cost of electricity in dollars per this subpart after Appendix B becomes ambient temperature (for example, kilowatt-hour as provided by the mandatory (see the note at the beginning compressor percent run time), the unit, Secretary. of Appendix B), the resulting quotient when tested under this test procedure, (2) The estimated annual operating then being rounded off to the second shall operate in a manner equivalent to cost for freezers with an anti-sweat decimal place; and the unit in typical room conditions. The heater switch shall be the product of the (ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat energy used by the unit shall be following three factors, the resulting heater switch, the quotient of: calculated when a calculation is product then being rounded off to the (A) The adjusted net refrigerated provided by the test procedure. Energy nearest dollar per year: volume in cubic feet, determined consuming components that operate in (i) The representative average-use according to 6.1 of Appendix B1 of this typical room conditions (including as a cycle of 365 cycles per year; subpart before Appendix B becomes result of door openings, or a function of (ii) Half the sum of the average per- mandatory and 6.1 of Appendix B of humidity), and that are not exempted by cycle energy consumption for the this subpart after Appendix B becomes this test procedure, shall operate in an standard cycle and the average per-cycle mandatory (see the note at the beginning equivalent manner during energy testing energy consumption for a test cycle type of Appendix B), divided by— under this test procedure, or be with the anti-sweat heater switch in the (B) Half the sum of the average per- accounted for by all calculations as position set at the factory just before cycle energy consumption for the provided for in the test procedure. If: shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per standard cycle and the average per-cycle (i) A product contains energy cycle, determined according to 6.2 of energy consumption for a test cycle type consuming components that operate Appendix B1 of this subpart before with the anti-sweat heater switch in the differently during the prescribed testing Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 position set at the factory just before than they would during representative of Appendix B of this subpart after shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per average consumer use and Appendix B becomes mandatory (see cycle, determined according to 6.2 of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78851

Appendix B1 of this subpart before provided by the test procedure. Energy 1.2 ‘‘All-refrigerator’’ means an electric Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 consuming components that operate in refrigerator that does not include a compartment for the freezing and long time of Appendix B of this subpart after typical room conditions (including as a ° Appendix B becomes mandatory (see result of door openings, or a function of storage of food at temperatures below 32 F (0.0 °C). It may include a compartment of the note at the beginning of Appendix humidity), and that are not exempted by 0.50 cubic-foot capacity (14.2 liters) or less B), the resulting quotient then being this test procedure, shall operate in an for the freezing and storage of ice. rounded off to the second decimal equivalent manner during energy testing 1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device place. under this test procedure, or be incorporated into the design of a refrigerator (5) The annual energy use of all accounted for by all calculations as or refrigerator-freezer to prevent the freezers, expressed in kilowatt-hours per provided for in the test procedure. If: accumulation of moisture on the exterior or year, shall be the following, rounded to (i) A product contains energy interior surfaces of the cabinet. ‘‘ ’’ the nearest kilowatt-hour per year: consuming components that operate 1.4 Anti-sweat heater switch means a user-controllable switch or user interface (i) For freezers not having an anti- differently during the prescribed testing sweat heater switch, the representative which modifies the activation or control of than they would during representative anti-sweat heaters. average use cycle of 365 cycles per year average consumer use and 1.5 ‘‘Automatic defrost’’ means a system multiplied by the average per-cycle (ii) Applying the prescribed test to in which the defrost cycle is automatically energy consumption for the standard that product would evaluate it in a initiated and terminated, with resumption of cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, manner that is unrepresentative of its normal refrigeration at the conclusion of the determined according to 6.2 of true energy consumption (thereby defrost operation. The system automatically Appendix B1 of this subpart before providing materially inaccurate prevents the permanent formation of frost on Appendix B becomes mandatory and 6.2 all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated comparative data), a manufacturer must food temperatures are maintained during the of Appendix B of this subpart after obtain a waiver in accordance with the Appendix B becomes mandatory (see operation of the automatic defrost system. relevant provisions of 10 CFR part 430. ‘‘ ’’ the note at the beginning of Appendix 1.6 Automatic icemaker means a Examples: device, that can be supplied with water B), and A. Energy saving features that are without user intervention, either from a (ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat designed to be activated by a lack of pressurized water supply system or by heater switch, the representative average transfer from a water reservoir located inside use cycle of 365 cycles per year door openings hall not be functional during the energy test. the cabinet, that automatically produces, multiplied by half the sum of the harvests, and stores ice in a storage bin, with average per-cycle energy consumption B. The defrost heater should not means to automatically interrupt the for the standard cycle and the average either function or turn off differently harvesting operation when the ice storage bin per-cycle energy consumption for a test during the energy test than it would is filled to a pre-determined level. cycle type with the anti-sweat heater when in typical room conditions. 1.7 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours switch in the position set at the factory C. Electric heaters that would for which the energy use of an electric just before shipping, each in kilowatt- normally operate at typical room refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer is calculated as though the consumer activated hours per cycle, determined according conditions with door openings should also operate during the energy test. compartment temperature controls were set to 6.2 of Appendix B1 of this subpart to maintain the standardized temperatures before Appendix B becomes mandatory D. Energy used during adaptive (see section 3.2). and 6.2 of Appendix B of this subpart defrost shall continue to be tested and 1.8 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test after Appendix B becomes mandatory adjusted per the calculation provided conditions having the calculated effect of (see the note at the beginning of for in this test procedure. operating an electric refrigerator or electric Appendix B). * * * * * refrigerator-freezer for a period of 24 hours, (6) Other useful measures of energy ■ 4. Add a new Appendix A to subpart with the consumer activated controls other consumption for freezers shall be those B of part 430 to read as follows: than those that control compartment measures the Secretary determines are temperatures set to establish various operating characteristics. likely to assist consumers in making Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 1.9 ‘‘Defrost cycle type’’ means a distinct purchasing decisions and are derived sequence of control whose function is to from the application of Appendix B1 of Energy Consumption of Electric Refrigerators and Electric Refrigerator- remove frost and/or ice from a refrigerated this subpart before Appendix B becomes surface. There may be variations in the mandatory and Appendix B of this Freezers defrost control sequence such as the number subpart after Appendix B becomes The provisions of Appendix A shall apply of defrost heaters energized. Each such mandatory (see the note at the beginning to all products manufactured on or after the variation establishes a separate distinct of Appendix B). effective date of any amended standards defrost cycle type. However, defrost achieved (7) The following principles of promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section regularly during the compressor off-cycles by interpretation should be applied to the 325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and warming of the evaporator without active heat addition is not a defrost cycle type. test procedure. The intent of the energy Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the Energy Independence and Security Act of 1.10 ‘‘Externally vented refrigerator or test procedure is to simulate typical 2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). refrigerator-freezer’’ means an electric room conditions (approximately 70 °F refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer that (21 °C)) with door openings, by testing 1. Definitions has an enclosed condenser or an enclosed at 90 °F (32.2 °C) without door Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–2008 condenser/compressor compartment and a openings. Except for operating (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) set of air ducts for transferring the exterior air characteristics that are affected by applies to this test procedure. from outside the building envelope into, ambient temperature (for example, 1.1 ‘‘Adjusted total volume’’ means the through, and out of the refrigerator or compressor percent run time), the unit, sum of: refrigerator-freezer cabinet; is capable of (i) The fresh food compartment volume as mixing exterior air with the room air before when tested under this test procedure, defined in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by discharging into, through, and out of the shall operate in a manner equivalent to reference; see § 430.3) in cubic feet, and condenser or condenser/compressor the unit in typical room conditions. The (ii) The product of an adjustment factor compartment; may include thermostatically energy used by the unit shall be and the net freezer compartment volume as controlled dampers or controls that mix the calculated when a calculation is defined in HRF–1–2008 in cubic feet. exterior and room air at low outdoor

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78852 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

temperatures and exclude exterior air when react accordingly. Therefore, the times compartments shall be as described in the outdoor air temperature is above 80 °F between defrost should vary with different section 2.7 of this appendix; (26.7 °C) or the room air temperature; and usage patterns and include a continuum of (e) The product does not need to be may have a thermostatically actuated exterior lengths of time between defrosts as inputs anchored or otherwise secured to prevent air fan. vary. tipping during energy testing; 1.11 ‘‘HRF–1–2008’’ means AHAM (f) All the product’s chutes and throats Standard HRF–1–2008, Association of Home 2. Test Conditions required for the delivery of ice shall be free Appliance Manufacturers, Energy and 2.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient of packing, covers, or other blockages that Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1 °F (32.2 ± 0.6 may be fitted for shipping or when the (2008), including Errata to Energy and °C) during the stabilization period and the icemaker is not in use; and Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances, test period. (g) Ice storage bins shall be emptied Correction Sheet issued November 17, 2009. 2.2 Operational Conditions. The electric of ice. Only sections of HRF–1–2008 (incorporated refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer For cases in which set-up is not by reference; see § 430.3) specifically shall be installed and its operating conditions clearly defined by this test procedure, referenced in this test procedure are part of maintained in accordance with HRF–1–2008, manufacturers must submit a petition this test procedure. In cases where there is (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), for a waiver (see section 7). a conflict, the language of the test procedure section 5.3 through section 5.5.5.5 (excluding 2.7 Compartments that are in this appendix takes precedence over HRF– section 5.5.5.4). Exceptions and clarifications 1–2008. to the cited sections of HRF–1–2008 are convertible (e.g., from fresh food to 1.12 ‘‘Long-time automatic defrost’’ means noted in sections 2.3 through 2.8, and 5.1 of freezer) shall be operated in the highest an automatic defrost system whose this test procedure. energy use position. For the special case successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat of convertible separate auxiliary hours or more of compressor operating time. heater switch is to be on during one test and compartments, this means that the 1.13 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ off during a second test. In the case of an compartment shall be treated as a means a freezer compartment or a fresh food electric refrigerator-freezer equipped with freezer compartment or a fresh food compartment of a refrigerator or refrigerator- variable anti-sweat heater control, the compartment, depending on which of freezer having more than two compartments standard cycle energy use shall be the result these represents higher energy use. that is not the first freezer compartment or of the calculation described in 6.2.3. Special compartments shall be tested the first fresh food compartment. Access to 2.4 Conditions for Automatic Defrost a separate auxiliary compartment is through Refrigerator-Freezers. For automatic defrost with controls set to provide the coldest a separate exterior door or doors rather than refrigerator-freezers, the freezer temperature. However, for special through the door or doors of another compartments shall not be loaded with any compartments in which temperature compartment. Separate auxiliary frozen food packages during testing. control is achieved using the addition of compartments may be convertible (e.g., from Cylindrical metallic masses of dimensions heat (including resistive electric fresh food to freezer). Separate auxiliary 1.12 ± 0.25 inches (2.9 ± 0.6 cm) in diameter heating, refrigeration system waste heat, freezer compartments may not be larger than and height shall be attached in good thermal or heat from any other source, but the first freezer compartment and separate contact with each temperature sensor within excluding the transfer of air from auxiliary fresh food compartments may not the refrigerated compartments. All another part of the interior of the be larger than the first fresh food temperature measuring sensor masses shall product) for any part of the controllable compartment, but such size restrictions do be supported by low-thermal-conductivity not apply to separate auxiliary convertible supports in such a manner to ensure that temperature range of that compartment, compartments. there will be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) of air the product energy use shall be 1.14 ‘‘Special compartment’’ means any space separating the thermal mass from determined by averaging two sets of compartment other than a butter conditioner, contact with any interior surface or hardware tests. The first set of tests shall be without doors directly accessible from the inside the cabinet. In case of interference conducted with such special exterior, and with separate temperature with hardware at the sensor locations compartments at their coldest settings, control (such as crispers convertible to meat specified in section 5.1, the sensors shall be and the second set of tests shall be keepers) that is not convertible from fresh placed at the nearest adjacent location such conducted with such special food temperature range to freezer that there will be a 1-inch air space compartments at their warmest settings. temperature range. separating the sensor mass from the 1.15 ‘‘Stabilization period’’ means the hardware. The requirements for the warmest or total period of time during which steady-state 2.5 Conditions for All-Refrigerators. coldest temperature settings of this conditions are being attained or evaluated. There shall be no load in the freezer section do not apply to features or 1.16 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the cycle compartment during the test. functions associated with temperature type in which the anti-sweat heater control, 2.6 The cabinet and its refrigerating control (such as fast chill when provided, is set in the highest energy- mechanism shall be assembled and set up in compartments) that are initiated consuming position. accordance with the printed consumer manually and terminated automatically 1.17 ‘‘Variable anti-sweat heater control’’ instructions supplied with the cabinet. Set- within 168 hours. means an anti-sweat heater control that up of the refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer 2.8 The space between the back of varies the average power input of the anti- shall not deviate from these instructions, sweat heater(s) based on operating condition unless explicitly required or allowed by this the cabinet and a vertical surface (the variable(s) and/or ambient condition test procedure. Specific required or allowed test room wall or simulated wall) shall variable(s). deviations from such set-up include the be the minimum distance in accordance 1.18 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ means an following: with the manufacturer’s instructions. automatic defrost system in which successive (a) Connection of water lines and However, the clearance shall not be defrost cycles are determined by an operating installation of water filters are not required; greater than 2 inches (51 mm) from the condition variable or variables other than (b) Clearance requirements from surfaces of plane of the cabinet’s back panel to the solely compressor operating time. This the product shall be as described in section vertical surface. If permanent rear includes any electrical or mechanical device 2.8 of this appendix; spacers extend further than this performing this function. A control scheme (c) The electric power supply shall be as that changes the defrost interval from a fixed described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by distance, the appliance shall be located length to an extended length (without any reference; see § 430.3), section 5.5.1; with the spacers in contact with the intermediate steps) is not considered a (d) Temperature control settings for testing vertical surface. variable defrost control. A variable defrost shall be as described in section 3 below. 2.9 Steady-State Condition. Steady- control feature should predict the Settings for convertible compartments and state conditions exist if the temperature accumulation of frost on the evaporator and other temperature-controllable or special measurements in all measured

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78853

compartments taken at 4-minute condenser fan discharge shall be For the purposes of comparing intervals or less during a stabilization required. Temperature sensors shall be compartment temperatures with period are not changing at a rate greater arranged to be at the centers of equally standardized temperatures, as described than 0.042 °F (0.023 °C) per hour as divided cross-sectional areas. The in sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the freezer determined by the applicable condition exterior air temperature, at its source, compartment temperature shall be as of A or B, described below. shall be measured and maintained to ± specified in section 5.1.4, and the fresh A. The average of the measurements 1 °F (0.6 °C) during the test period. The food compartment temperature shall be during a 2-hour period if no cycling temperature measuring devices shall as specified in section 5.1.3. occurs or during a number of complete have an error no greater than ± 0.5 °F 3.2.1 A first test shall be performed repetitive compressor cycles occurring (± 0.3 °C). Measurements of the air with all compartment temperature through a period of no less than 2 hours temperature during the test period shall controls set at their median position is compared to the average over an be taken at regular intervals not to midway between their warmest and equivalent time period with 3 hours exceed 4 minutes. coldest settings. For mechanical control elapsing between the two measurement 2.10.3 Exterior Air Static Pressure. systems, knob detents shall be periods. The exterior air static pressure at the mechanically defeated if necessary to B. If A above cannot be used, the inlet point of the unit shall be adjusted attain a median setting. For electronic average of the measurements during a to maintain a negative pressure of 0.20″ control systems, the test shall be number of complete repetitive ± 0.05″ water column (62 Pascals ± 12.5 performed with all compartment compressor cycles occurring through a Pascals) for all air flow rates supplied to temperature controls set at the average period of no less than 2 hours and the unit. The pressure sensor shall be of the coldest and warmest settings—if including the last complete cycle before located on a straight duct with a there is no setting equal to this average, a defrost period (or if no cycling occurs, distance of at least 7.5 times the the setting closest to the average shall be the average of the measurements during diameter of the duct upstream and a used. If there are two such settings the last 2 hours before a defrost period) distance of at least 3 times the diameter equally close to the average, the higher are compared to the same averaging of the duct downstream. There shall be of these temperature control settings period before the following defrost four static pressure taps at 90° angles shall be used. A second test shall be period. apart. The four pressures shall be performed with all controls set at their 2.10 Exterior Air for Externally averaged by interconnecting the four warmest setting or all controls set at Vented Refrigerator or Refrigerator- pressure taps. The air pressure their coldest setting (not electrically or Freezer. An exterior air source shall be measuring instrument shall have an mechanically bypassed). For all- provided with adjustable temperature error no greater than 0.01’’ water column refrigerators, this setting shall be the and pressure capabilities. The exterior (2.5 Pascals). appropriate setting that attempts to air temperature shall be adjustable from achieve compartment temperatures 3. Test Control Settings 30 ± 1 °F (1.7 ± 0.6 °C) to 90 ± 1 °F (32.2 measured during the two tests which ± 0.6 °C). 3.1 Model with no User Operable bound (i.e., one is above and one is 2.10.1 Air Duct. The exterior air Temperature Control. A test shall be below) the standardized temperature for shall pass from the exterior air source to performed to measure the compartment all-refrigerators. For refrigerators and the test unit through an insulated air temperatures and energy use. A second refrigerator-freezers, the second test duct. test shall be performed with the shall be conducted with all controls at 2.10.2 Air Temperature temperature control electrically short their coldest setting, unless all Measurement. The air temperature circuited to cause the compressor to run compartment temperatures measured entering the condenser or condenser/ continuously. during the first part of the test are lower compressor compartment shall be 3.2 Models with User Operable than the standardized temperatures, in maintained to ± 3 °F (1.7 °C) during the Temperature Control. Testing shall be which case the second test shall be stabilization and test periods and shall performed in accordance with one of the conducted with all controls at their be measured at the inlet point of the following sections using the following warmest setting. Refer to Table 1 for all- condenser or condenser/compressor standardized temperatures: refrigerators or Table 2 for refrigerators compartment (‘‘condenser inlet’’). All-Refrigerator: 39 °F (3.9 °C) fresh with freezer compartments and Temperature measurements shall be food compartment temperature; refrigerator-freezers to determine which taken from at least three temperature Refrigerator: 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) freezer test results to use in the energy sensors or one sensor per 4 square compartment temperature, 39 °F (3.9 °C) consumption calculation. If any inches (25.8 square cm) of the air duct fresh food compartment temperature; compartment is warmer than its cross-sectional area, whichever is Refrigerator-Freezer: 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) standardized temperature for a test with greater, and shall be averaged. For a unit freezer compartment temperature, 39 °F all controls at their coldest position, the that has a condenser air fan, a minimum (3.9 °C) fresh food compartment tested unit fails the test and cannot be of three temperature sensors at the temperature. rated.

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR ALL-REFRIGERATORS

First test Second test Energy calculation based on: Settings Results Settings Results

Mid ...... Low ...... Warm ...... Low ...... Second Test Only. High ...... First and Second Tests. High ...... Cold ...... Low ...... First and Second Tests. High ...... No Energy Use Rating.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78854 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

TABLE 2—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR REFRIGERATORS WITH FREEZER COMPARTMENTS AND REFRIGERATOR-FREEZERS

First test Second test Energy calculation based on: Settings Results Settings Results

Fzr Mid FF Mid ...... Fzr Low FF Low ...... Fzr Warm FF Warm ...... Fzr Low FF Low ...... Second Test Only. Fzr Low FF High ...... First and Second Tests. Fzr High FF Low ...... First and Second Tests. Fzr High FF High ...... First and Second Tests. Fzr Low FF High ...... Fzr Cold FF Cold ...... Fzr Low FF High ...... No Energy Use Rating. Fzr Low FF Low ...... First and Second Tests. Fzr High FF Low ...... Fzr Cold FF Cold ...... Fzr High FF Low ...... No Energy Use Rating. Fzr Low FF Low ...... First and Second Tests. Fzr High FF High ...... Fzr Cold FF Cold ...... Fzr Low FF Low ...... First and Second Tests. Fzr Low FF High ...... No Energy Use Rating. Fzr High FF Low ...... No Energy Use Rating. Fzr High FF High ...... No Energy Use Rating. Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment.

3.2.2 Alternatively, a first test may be 3 hours. If incomplete cycling occurs compressor operation that includes no be performed with all temperature (i.e. less than two compressor cycles portions of the defrost cycle, such as controls set at their warmest setting. If during a 24-hour period), the results of precooling or recovery, that is otherwise all compartment temperatures are below the 24-hour period shall be used. the same as the test for a unit having no the appropriate standardized 4.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model defrost provisions (section 4.1). The temperatures, then the result of this test being tested has an automatic defrost second part is designed to capture the alone will be used to determine energy system, the test time period shall start energy consumed during all of the consumption. If this condition is not after steady-state conditions have been events occurring with the defrost met, then the unit shall be tested in achieved and be from one point during control sequence that are outside of accordance with 3.2.1. a defrost period to the same point stable operation. 3.2.3 Temperature Settings for during the next defrost period. If the 4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System. Separate Auxiliary Convertible model being tested has a long-time For a system with a cycling compressor, Compartments. For separate auxiliary automatic defrost system, the alternative the second part starts at the termination convertible compartments tested as provisions of 4.2.1 may be used. If the of the last regular compressor ‘‘on’’ freezer compartments, the median model being tested has a variable defrost cycle. The average temperature of the setting shall be within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of control, the provisions of section 4.2.2 compartment measured from the the standardized temperature, and the shall apply. If the model has a dual termination of the previous compressor warmest setting shall be above 5 °F compressor system with automatic ‘‘on’’ cycle to the termination of the last (¥15 °C). For separate auxiliary defrost for both systems, the provisions regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must be convertible compartments tested as of 4.2.3 shall apply. If the model being within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the average fresh food compartments, the median tested has long-time automatic or temperature of the compartment setting shall be within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of variable defrost control involving measured for the first part of the test. If the standardized temperature, and the multiple defrost cycle types, such as for any compressor cycles occur prior to the coldest setting shall be below 34 °F (1.1 a product with a single compressor and defrost heater being energized that cause °C). For compartments where control two or more evaporators in which the the average temperature in the settings are not expressed as particular evaporators are defrosted at different compartment to deviate from the first temperatures, the measured temperature frequencies, the provisions of section part temperature by more than 0.5 °F of the convertible compartment rather 4.2.4 shall apply. If the model being (0.3 °C), these compressor cycles are not than the settings shall meet the tested has multiple defrost cycle types considered regular compressor cycles specified criteria. for which compressor run time between and must be included in the second part defrosts is a fixed time of less than 14 of the test. As an example, a ‘‘precool’’ 4. Test Period hours for all such cycle types, and for cycle, which is an extended compressor Tests shall be performed by which the compressor run time between cycle that lowers the compartment establishing the conditions set forth in defrosts for different defrost cycle types temperature prior to energizing the section 2, and using the control settings are equal to or multiples of each other, defrost heater, must be included in the set forth in section 3. the test time period shall be from one second part of the test. The test period 4.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the point of the defrost cycle type with the for the second part of the test ends at the model being tested has no automatic longest compressor run time between initiation of the first regular compressor defrost system, the test time period shall defrosts to the same point during the cycle after the compartment start after steady-state conditions have next occurrence of this defrost cycle temperatures have fully recovered to been achieved and be no less than 3 type. For such products not using the their stable conditions. The average hours in duration. During the test section 4.2.4 procedures, energy temperature of the compartment period, the compressor motor shall consumption shall be calculated as measured from this initiation of the first complete two or more whole described in section 5.2.1.1. regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle until the compressor cycles. (A compressor cycle 4.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. initiation of the next regular compressor is a complete ‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ If the model being tested has a long-time ‘‘on’’ cycle must be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) period of the motor). If no ‘‘off’’ cycling automatic defrost system, the two-part of the average temperature of the will occur, as determined during the test described in this section may be compartment measured for the first part stabilization period, the test period shall used. The first part is a stable period of of the test. The second part of the test

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78855

may be terminated after 4 hours if the above conditions cannot be met. See Figure 1.

Figure 1

4.2.1.2 Non-cycling Compressor compartment measured for the first part of the test. The second part of the test System. For a system with a non-cycling of the test. The second part stops at a may be terminated after 4 hours if the compressor, the second part starts at a time after defrost during stable above conditions cannot be met. See time before defrost during stable operation when the compartment Figure 2. operation when the compartment temperature is within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of temperature is within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the average temperature of the the average temperature of the compartment measured for the first part

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.005 78856 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

Figure 2

4.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the models with long-time automatic or and shall be accurate to within ± 0.5 °F model being tested has a variable defrost variable defrost control with multiple (0.3 °C). No freezer temperature control system, the test shall consist of defrost cycle types, such as models with measurements need be taken in an all- the same two parts as the test for long- single compressors and multiple refrigerator model. time automatic defrost (section 4.2.1). evaporators in which the evaporators If the interior arrangements of the 4.2.3 Dual Compressor Systems with have different defrost frequencies. The cabinet do not conform with those Automatic Defrost. If the model being two-part method in 4.2.1 shall be used. shown in Figure 5.1 and 5.2 of HRF–1– tested has separate compressor systems The second part of the method will be 2008, the product may be tested by for the refrigerator and freezer sections, conducted separately for each distinct relocating the temperature sensors from each with its own automatic defrost defrost cycle type. For defrost cycle the locations specified in the figures to system, then the two-part method in types involving the defrosting of both avoid interference with hardware or 4.2.1 shall be used. The second part of fresh food and freezer compartments, components within the cabinet, in the method will be conducted the freezer compartment temperature which case the specific locations used separately for each automatic defrost shall be used to determine test period for the temperature sensors shall be system. The components (compressor, start and stop times. noted in the test data records fan motors, defrost heaters, anti-sweat maintained by the manufacturer, and 5. Test Measurements heaters, etc.) associated with each the certification report shall indicate system will be identified and their 5.1 Temperature Measurements. that non-standard sensor locations were energy consumption will be separately Temperature measurements shall be used. measured during each test. made at the locations prescribed in 5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The 4.2.4 Systems with Multiple Defrost Figures 5.1 and 5.2 of HRF–1–2008 measured temperature of a compartment Frequencies. This section applies to (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) is to be the average of all sensor

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.006 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78857

temperature readings taken in that measured temperatures taken in a temperatures shall be those measured in compartment at a particular point in compartment during the test period as the first part of the test period specified time. Measurements shall be taken at defined in section 4. For long-time in section 4.2.2. regular intervals not to exceed 4 automatic defrost models, compartment 5.1.3 Fresh Food Compartment minutes. temperatures shall be those measured in Temperature. The fresh food 5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. the first part of the test period specified The compartment temperature for each in section 4.2.1. For models with compartment temperature shall be test period shall be an average of the variable defrost controls, compartment calculated as:

Where: auxiliary convertible compartments VRi is the volume of fresh food compartment R is the total number of applicable fresh food tested as fresh food compartments in ‘‘i’’. compartments, which include the first accordance with section 2.7); fresh food compartment and any number TRi is the compartment temperature of fresh 5.1.4 Freezer Compartment of separate auxiliary fresh food food compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in Temperature. The freezer compartment compartments (including separate accordance with section 5.1.2; and temperature shall be calculated as:

Where: ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, F is the total number of applicable freezer T2/T1)) × (12/CT) respectively. compartments, which include the first Where: freezer compartment and any number of 5.2.1.4 Dual Compressor Systems separate auxiliary freezer compartments ET and 1440 are defined in 5.2.1.1; with Dual Automatic Defrost. The two- (including separate auxiliary convertible EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours part test method in section 4.2.4 must be compartments tested as freezer during the first part of the test; used, and the energy consumption in EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours compartments in accordance with kilowatt-hours per day shall be section 2.7); during the second part of the test; T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the calculated equivalent to: TFi is the compartment temperature of first and second test parts respectively; freezer compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2F ¥ (EPF accordance with section 5.1.2; and CT = defrost timer run time or compressor × T2/T1)) × (12/CT ) + (EP2 ¥ run time between defrosts in hours F R VFi is the volume of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’. × × required to cause it to go through a (EPR T3/T1)) (12/CTR) 5.2 Energy Measurements complete cycle, rounded to the nearest Where: 5.2.1 Per-Day Energy Consumption. tenth of an hour; and 1440, EP1, T1, EP2, 12, and CT are defined The energy consumption in kilowatt- 12 = factor to adjust for a 50-percent run time in 5.2.1.2; of the compressor in hours per day. hours per day, ET, for each test period EP = freezer system energy in kilowatt-hours shall be the energy expended during the F 5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The expended during the first part of the test; test period as specified in section 4 energy consumption in kilowatt-hours EP2F = freezer system energy in kilowatt- adjusted to a 24-hour period. The per day shall be calculated equivalent hours expended during the second part adjustment shall be determined as to: of the test for the freezer system; follows. ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × EPR = refrigerator system energy in kilowatt- 5.2.1.1 Nonautomatic and Automatic T2/T1)) × (12/CT), hours expended during the first part of Defrost Models. The energy the test; consumption in kilowatt-hours per day Where: EP2R = refrigerator system energy in kilowatt- shall be calculated equivalent to: 1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, hours expended during the second part ET = EP × 1440/T T2, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2; of the test for the refrigerator system; × × ¥ CT = (CTL CTM)/(F (CTM CTL) + CTL); T2 and T3 = length of time in minutes of the Where: CTL = least or shortest compressor run time second test part for the freezer and ET = test cycle energy expended in kilowatt- between defrosts in hours rounded to the refrigerator systems respectively; hours per day; nearest tenth of an hour (greater than or CT = compressor run time between freezer EP = energy expended in kilowatt-hours F equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 defrosts (in hours rounded to the nearest during the test period; hours); tenth of an hour); and T = length of time of the test period in CT = maximum compressor run time M CT = compressor run time between minutes; and between defrosts in hours rounded to the R 1440 = conversion factor to adjust to a 24- nearest tenth of an hour (greater than refrigerator defrosts (in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour). hour period in minutes per day. CTL but not more than 96 hours); F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. excess of the least energy and the 5.2.1.5 Long-time or Variable Defrost If the two-part test method is used, the maximum difference in per-day energy Control for Systems with Multiple energy consumption in kilowatt-hours consumption and is equal to 0.20 Defrost cycle Types. The energy per day shall be calculated equivalent For variable defrost models with no values consumption in kilowatt-hours per day to: for CT L and CTM in the algorithm, the shall be calculated equivalent to:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 21:02 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.007 ER16DE10.008 78858 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

Where: In the case of refrigerators or refrigerator- energy consumptions (e60)i in kWh/day. 1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, T1, and freezers with automatic icemakers, the For a given setting of the anti-sweat 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2; volume occupied by the automatic icemaker, heater, the value i corresponds to each i is a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more including its ice storage bin, is to be included in the volume measurement. of the two states of the compartment that identifies the distinct defrost cycle temperature control positions. types applicable for the refrigerator or 5.4 Externally Vented Refrigerator or 5.4.2.4 Energy Consumption if refrigerator-freezer; Refrigerator-Freezer Units. All test Mixing Controls do not Operate EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours i measurements for the externally vented Properly. If the operability of during the second part of the test for refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer shall defrost cycle type i; temperature and mixing controls has not be made in accordance with the T2i = length of time in minutes of the second been verified as required under 5.4.1, part of the test for defrost cycle type i; requirements of other sections of this the unit shall be tested at 50 °F (10.0 °C) CTi is the compressor run time between Appendix, except as modified in this and 30 °F (-1.1 °C) exterior air instances of defrost cycle type i, for long- section or other sections expressly temperatures to record the energy time automatic defrost control equal to a applicable to externally vented consumptions (e50)i and (e30)i. For a fixed time in hours rounded to the refrigerators or refrigerator-freezers. given setting of the anti-sweat heater, nearest tenth of an hour, and for variable 5.4.1 Operability of ‘‘Thermostatic’’ the value i corresponds to each of the defrost control equal to (CT × CT )/(F Li Mi and ‘‘Mixing of Air’’ Controls. Before two states of the compartment × (CTMi ¥ CTLi) + CTLi); conducting energy consumption tests, temperature control positions. CTLi = least or shortest compressor run time the operability of thermostatic controls between instances of defrost cycle type that permit the mixing of exterior and 6. Calculation of Derived Results From i in hours rounded to the nearest tenth ambient air when exterior air Test Measurements of an hour (CT for the defrost cycle type L temperatures are less than 60 °F (15.6 6.1 Adjusted Total Volume. with the longest compressor run time °C) must be verified. The operability of between defrosts must be greater than or 6.1.1 Electric Refrigerators. The equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 such controls shall be verified by adjusted total volume, VA, for electric hours); operating the unit under ambient air refrigerators under test shall be defined ° ° CTMi = maximum compressor run time temperature of 90 F (32.2 C) and as: ° ° between instances of defrost cycle type exterior air temperature of 45 F (7.2 C). VA = (VF × CR) + VFF i in hours rounded to the nearest tenth If the inlet air entering the condenser or Where: of an hour (greater than CTLi but not condenser/compressor compartment is more than 96 hours); maintained at 60 ± 3 °F (15.6 ± 1.7 °C), VA = adjusted total volume in cubic feet; For cases in which there are more than one energy consumption of the unit shall be VF and VFF are defined in 5.3; and fixed CT value (for long-time defrost measured under 5.4.2.2 and 5.4.2.3. If CR = dimensionless adjustment factor of 1.47 models) or more than one CT and/or for refrigerators other than all- M the inlet air entering the condenser or CTL value (for variable defrost models) refrigerators, or 1.0 for all-refrigerators. for a given defrost cycle type, an average condenser/compressor compartment is ± ° ± 6.1.2 Electric Refrigerator-Freezers. fixed CT value or average CTM and CTL not maintained at 60 3 F (15.6 1.7 values shall be selected for this cycle °C), energy consumption of the unit The adjusted total volume, VA, for type so that 12 divided by this value or shall also be measured under 5.4.2.4. electric refrigerator-freezers under test values is the frequency of occurrence of 5.4.2 Energy Consumption Tests. shall be calculated as follows: the defrost cycle type in a 24-hour 5.4.2.1 Correction Factor Test. To VA = (VF × CRF) + VFF period, assuming 50% compressor run enable calculation of a correction factor, time. K, two full cycle tests shall be Where: F = default defrost energy consumption conducted to measure energy VF and VFF are defined in 5.3 and VA is factor, equal to 0.20. consumption of the unit with air mixing defined in 6.1.1, and For variable defrost models with no values CRF = dimensionless adjustment factor of controls disabled and the condenser for CTLi and CTMi in the algorithm, the ° 1.76. default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, inlet air temperatures set at 90 F (32.2 respectively. °C) and 80 °F (26.7 °C). Both tests shall 6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy D is the total number of distinct defrost cycle be conducted with all compartment Consumption. types. temperature controls set at the position 6.2.1 All-Refrigerator Models. The 5.3 Volume Measurements. The midway between their warmest and average per-cycle energy consumption electric refrigerator or electric coldest settings and the anti-sweat for a cycle type, E, is expressed in refrigerator-freezer total refrigerated heater switch off. Record the energy kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest volume, VT, shall be measured in consumptions ec90 and ec80, in kWh/ one hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and accordance with HRF–1–2008, day. shall depend upon the temperature 5.4.2.2 Energy Consumption at 90 attainable in the fresh food (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), ° ° F. The unit shall be tested at 90 F (32.2 compartment as shown below. section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through ° 4.3, and be calculated equivalent to: C) exterior air temperature to record the 6.2.1.1 If the fresh food energy consumptions (e90)i in kWh/day. compartment temperature is always VT = VF + VFF For a given setting of the anti-sweat below 39.0 °F (3.9 °C), the average per- Where: heater, the value i corresponds to each cycle energy consumption shall be VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet, of the two states of the compartment equivalent to: temperature control positions. VF = freezer compartment volume in cubic E = ET1 feet, and 5.4.2.3 Energy Consumption at 60 VFF = fresh food compartment volume in °F. The unit shall be tested at 60 °F (26.7 Where: cubic feet. °C) exterior air temperature to record the ET is defined in 5.2.1; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.009 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78859

The number 1 indicates the test period k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators or 0.0 for The combined values, °90, °60, °50, and during which the highest fresh food refrigerator-freezers, each being °30, where applicable, are expressed in compartment temperature is measured. standardized freezer compartment kWh/day. 6.2.1.2 If one of the fresh food temperatures in degrees F. 6.3.3 Energy Consumption compartment temperatures measured for 6.2.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Corrections. For a given setting of the a test period is greater than 39.0 °F (3.9 Models. The standard cycle energy anti-sweat heater, adjust the energy °C), the average per-cycle energy consumption of an electric refrigerator- consumptions °90, °60, °50, and °30 consumption shall be equivalent to: freezer with a variable anti-sweat heater calculated in 6.3.2 by multiplying the E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/ control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt- correction factor K to obtain the (TR2 ¥ TR1)) hours per day, shall be calculated corrected energy consumptions per day equivalent to: in kWh/day: Where: E = E + (Correction Factor) where E is × ET is defined in 5.2.1; std E90 = K °90, determined by 6.2.1.1, 6.2.1.2, E60 = K × °60, TR = fresh food compartment temperature × determined according to 5.1.3 in degrees 6.2.2.1, or 6.2.2.2, whichever is E50 = K °50, and × F; appropriate, with the anti-sweat E30 = K °30 The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements heater switch in the ‘‘off’’ position Where: taken during the first and second test or, for a product without an anti- K is determined under section 6.3.1; and ° , period as appropriate; and 90 sweat heater switch, the anti-sweat ° , ° , and ° are determined under 39.0 = standardized fresh food compartment 60 50 30 heater in its lowest energy use state. section 6.3.2. temperature in degrees F. Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater 6.3.4 Energy Profile Equation. For a 6.2.2 Refrigerators and Refrigerator- Power × System-loss Factor) × (24 given setting of the anti-sweat heater, Freezers. The average per-cycle energy hrs/1 day) × (1 kW/1000 W) calculate the energy consumption E , in consumption for a cycle type, E, is X Where: kWh/day, at a specific exterior air expressed in kilowatt-hours per-cycle to Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater temperature between 80 °F (26.7 °C) and the nearest one hundredth (0.01) Watts at 5%RH) 60 °F (26.7 °C) using the following kilowatt-hour and shall be defined in + 0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH) equation: one of the following ways as applicable. + 0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH) ¥ × ¥ 6.2.2.1 If the fresh food + 0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH) EX = E60 + (E90 E60) (TX 60)/30 compartment temperature is at or below + 0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH) Where: 39 °F (3.9 °C) in both tests and the + 0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH) ° + 0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH) TX is the exterior air temperature in F; freezer compartment temperature is at 60 is the exterior air temperature in °F for the ° ° + 0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH) or below 15 F (-9.4 C) in both tests of + 0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH) test of section 5.4.2.3; a refrigerator or at or below 0 °F (-17.8 30 is the difference between 90 and 60; ° + 0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH) C) in both tests of a refrigerator-freezer, Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity E60 and E90 are determined in section 6.3.3. the per-cycle energy consumption shall = the nominal watts used by all heaters 6.3.5 Energy Consumption at 80 °F be: at that specific relative humidity, 72 °F (26.7 °C), 75 °F (23.9 °C) and 65 °F (18.3 (22.2 °C) ambient, and DOE reference E = ET1 + IET °C). For a given setting of the anti-sweat temperatures of fresh food (FF) average heater, calculate the energy Where: temperature of 39 °F (3.9 °C) and freezer ° ¥ consumptions at 80 °F (26.7 °C), 75 °F ET is defined in 5.2.1; (FZ) average temperature of 0 F ( 17.8 ° (23.9 °C) and 65 °F (18.3 °C) exterior air IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, C). equals 0.23 for a product with an System-loss Factor = 1.3. temperatures, E80, E75 and E65, respectively, in kWh/day, using the automatic icemaker and otherwise equals 6.3 Externally vented refrigerator or 0 (zero); and equation in 6.3.4. refrigerator-freezers. Per-cycle energy 6.3.6 National Average Per-Cycle The number 1 indicates the test period consumption measurements for an during which the highest freezer Energy Consumption. For a given setting compartment temperature was measured. externally vented refrigerator or of the anti-sweat heater, calculate the refrigerator-freezer shall be calculated in national average energy consumption, 6.2.2.2 If the conditions of 6.2.2.1 do accordance with the requirements of not exist, the per-cycle energy EN, in kWh/day, using one of the this Appendix, as modified in sections following equations: consumption shall be defined by the 6.3.1–6.3.7. × × higher of the two values calculated by 6.3.1 Correction Factor. The EN = 0.523 E60 + 0.165 E65 + 0.181 × × the following two formulas: correction factor, K, shall be calculated E75 + 0.131 E80, for units not ¥ × ¥ as: tested under section 5.4.2.4; and E = ET1 + ((ET2 ET1) (39.0 TR1)/ × × ¥ EN = 0.257 E30 + 0.266 E50 + 0.165 (TR2 TR1)) + IET K = ec90/ec80 × E65 + 0.181 × E75 + 0.131 × E80, and Where: for units tested under section ¥ × ¥ E = ET1 + ((ET2 ET1) (k TF1)/ ec90 and ec80 are measured in section 5.4.2.1. 5.4.2.4 (TF2 ¥ TF1)) + IET 6.3.2 Combining Test Results of Where: Where: Different Settings of Compartment E30, E50, and E60 are defined in 6.3.3; E is defined in 6.2.1.1; Temperature Controls. For a given E65, E75, and E80 are defined in 6.3.5; ET is defined in 5.2.1; setting of the anti-sweat heater, follow and IET is defined in 6.2.2.1; the calculation procedures of 6.2 to the coefficients 0.523, 0.165, 0.181, 0.131, TR and the numbers 1 and 2 are defined in combine the test results for energy 0.257 and 0.266 are weather-associated 6.2.1.2; weighting factors. TF = freezer compartment temperature consumption of the unit at different determined according to 5.1.4 in degrees temperature control settings for each 6.3.7 Regional Average Per-Cycle F; condenser inlet air temperature tested Energy Consumption. If regional average 39.0 is a specified fresh food compartment under 5.4.2.2, 5.4.2.3, and 5.4.2.4, where per-cycle energy consumption is temperature in degrees F; and applicable, (e90)i, (e60)i, (e50)i, and (e30)i. required to be calculated for a given

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78860 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

setting of the anti-sweat heater, ER = a1 × E60 + c × E65 + d × E75 + e Where: calculate the regional average per-cycle × E80, for a unit that is not required E30, E50, and E60 are defined in section 6.3.3; energy consumption, ER, in kWh/day, to be tested under section 5.4.2.4; or E65, E75, and E80 are defined in section 6.3.5; for the regions in Figure 3. Use one of × × × × and ER = a E30 + b E50 + c E65 + d a , a, b, c, d, and e are weather-associated the following equations and the × 1 E75 + e E80, for a unit tested under weighting factors for the regions, as coefficients in Table A: section 5.4.2.4 specified in Table A.

TABLE A—COEFFICIENTS FOR CALCULATING REGIONAL AVERAGE PER-CYCLE ENERGY CONSUMPTION [Weighting factors]

Regions a1 a b c d e

I ...... 0.282 0.039 0 .244 0 .194 0.326 0.198 II ...... 0.486 0.194 0.293 0 .191 0 .193 0.129 III ...... 0 .584 0.302 0.282 0.178 0 .159 0 .079 IV ...... 0.664 0 .420 0 .244 0.161 0.121 0.055

7. Test Procedure Waivers refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer basic ■ c. Revising section 2. Test Conditions; model is not clearly defined by the ■ d. In section 3. Test Control Settings, To the extent that the procedures provisions of section 2. For details by: contained in this appendix do not regarding the criteria and procedures for ■ 1. Revising sections 3.2 and 3.2.1 provide a means for determining the obtaining a waiver, please refer to 10 through 3.2.3; energy consumption of a refrigerator or CFR 430.27. ■ 2. Adding new section 3.2.4; refrigerator-freezer, a manufacturer must ■ 3. Removing section 3.3; obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 to ■ 6. Appendix A1 to subpart B of part ■ e. Revising section 4. Test Period; establish an acceptable test procedure 430 is amended by: ■ f. In section 5. Test Measurements, by: for each such product. Such instances ■ a. Adding an introductory note after ■ 1. Revising sections 5.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.2.1, could, for example, include situations the appendix heading; 5.1.2.2, 5.1.2.3, 5.2.1, 5.2.1.1, 5.2.1.2, where the test set-up for a particular ■ b. Revising section 1. Definitions; and 5.2.1.3;

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.010 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78861

■ 2. Adding new sections 5.1.3 and frost on all refrigerated surfaces. Manufacturers standard for household 5.1.4; Nominal refrigerated food temperatures refrigerators, combination refrigerator- ■ 2. Removing section 5.2.1.4; are maintained during the operation of freezers, and household freezers, also ■ 3. Redesignating section 5.2.1.5 as the automatic defrost system. approved as an American National 5.2.1.4 and revising redesignated 1.6 ‘‘Automatic icemaker’’ means a Standard as a revision of ANSI B 38.1– 5.2.1.4; device that can be supplied with water 1970. Only sections of HRF–1–1979 ■ g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived without user intervention, either from a (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) Results from Test Measurements, by: pressurized water supply system or by specifically referenced in this test ■ 1. Revising sections 6.2.1.2 and transfer from a water reservoir located procedure are part of this test 6.2.2.2; inside the cabinet, that automatically procedure. In cases where there is a ■ 2. Adding new section 6.2.3; produces, harvests, and stores ice in a conflict, the language of the test ■ 3. Revise the Figure at the end of storage bin, with means to automatically procedure in this appendix takes section 6; interrupt the harvesting operation when precedence over HRF–1–1979. ■ h. Adding a new section 7. Test the ice storage bin is filled to a pre- 1.12 ‘‘Long-time Automatic Defrost’’ Procedure Waivers. determined level. means an automatic defrost system The additions and revisions read as 1.7 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 where successive defrost cycles are follows: hours for which the energy use of an separated by 14 hours or more of electric refrigerator or electric Appendix A1 to Subpart B of Part 430— compressor-operating time. refrigerator-freezer is calculated as 1.13 ‘‘Separate auxiliary Uniform Test Method for Measuring the though the consumer activated compartment’’ means a freezer Energy Consumption of Electric compartment temperature controls were compartment or a fresh food Refrigerators and Electric Refrigerator- set to maintain the standardized compartment of a refrigerator or Freezers temperatures (see section 3.2). refrigerator-freezer having more than The provisions of Appendix A1 shall 1.8 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test two compartments that is not the first apply to all products manufactured conditions having the calculated effect freezer compartment or the first fresh prior to the effective date of any of operating an electric refrigerator or food compartment. Access to a separate amended standards promulgated by electric refrigerator-freezer for a period auxiliary compartment is through a DOE pursuant to Section 325(b)(4) of the of 24 hours, with the consumer separate exterior door or doors rather Energy Policy and Conservation Act of activated controls other than those that than through the door or doors of 1975, as amended by the Energy control compartment temperatures set to another compartment. Separate Independence and Security Act of 2007 establish various operating auxiliary compartments may be (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). characteristics. convertible (e.g., from fresh food to 1.9 ‘‘Defrost cycle type’’ means a 1. Definitions freezer). Separate auxiliary freezer distinct sequence of control whose compartments may not be larger than Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–1979 function is to remove frost and/or ice the first freezer compartment and (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) from a refrigerated surface. There may separate auxiliary fresh food applies to this test procedure. be variations in the defrost control compartments may not be larger than 1.1 ‘‘Adjusted total volume’’ means sequence such as the number of defrost the first fresh food compartment, but the sum of (i) the fresh food heaters energized. Each such variation such size restrictions do not apply to compartment volume as defined in establishes a separate distinct defrost separate auxiliary convertible HRF–1–1979 in cubic feet, and (ii) the cycle type. However, defrost achieved compartments. product of an adjustment factor and the regularly during the compressor off- 1.14 ‘‘Special compartment’’ means net freezer compartment volume as cycles by warming of the evaporator any compartment other than a butter defined in HRF–1–1979, in cubic feet. without active heat addition is not a conditioner, without doors directly 1.2 ‘‘All-refrigerator’’ means an defrost cycle type. accessible from the exterior, and with electric refrigerator which does not 1.10 ‘‘Externally vented refrigerator separate temperature control (such as include a compartment for the freezing or refrigerator-freezer’’ means an electric crispers convertible to meat keepers) and long time storage of food at refrigerator or electric refrigerator- that is not convertible from fresh food temperatures below 32 °F (0.0 °C). It freezer that has an enclosed condenser temperature range to freezer may include a compartment of 0.50 or an enclosed condenser/compressor temperature range. cubic feet capacity (14.2 liters) or less compartment and a set of air ducts for 1.15 ‘‘Stabilization Period’’ means for the freezing and storage of ice. transferring the exterior air from outside the total period of time during which 1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a the building envelope into, through, and steady-state conditions are being device incorporated into the design of a out of the refrigerator or refrigerator- attained or evaluated. refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer to freezer cabinet; is capable of mixing 1.16 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the prevent the accumulation of moisture exterior air with the room air before cycle type in which the anti-sweat on exterior or interior surfaces of the discharging into, through, and out of the heater control, when provided, is set in cabinet. condenser or condenser/compressor the highest energy consuming position. 1.4 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ compartment; may include 1.17 ‘‘Variable anti-sweat heater means a user-controllable switch or user thermostatically controlled dampers or control’’ means an anti-sweat heater interface which modifies the activation controls that mix the exterior and room control that varies the average power or control of anti-sweat heaters. air at low outdoor temperatures and input of the anti-sweat heater(s) based 1.5 ‘‘Automatic defrost’’ means a exclude exterior air when the outdoor on operating condition variable(s) and/ system in which the defrost cycle is air temperature is above 80 °F (26.7 °C) or ambient condition variable(s). automatically initiated and terminated, or the room air temperature; and may 1.18 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ with resumption of normal refrigeration have a thermostatically actuated exterior means an automatic defrost system in at the conclusion of the defrost air fan. which successive defrost cycles are operation. The system automatically 1.11 ‘‘HRF–1–1979’’ means the determined by an operating condition prevents the permanent formation of Association of Home Appliance variable or variables other than solely

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78862 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

compressor operating time. This interior surface or hardware inside the compartments) that are initiated includes any electrical or mechanical cabinet. In case of interference with manually and terminated automatically device performing this function. A hardware at the sensor locations within 168 hours. control scheme that changes the defrost specified in section 5.1, the sensors 2.8 The space between the back of interval from a fixed length to an shall be placed at the nearest adjacent the cabinet and a vertical surface (the extended length (without any location such that there will be a 1-inch test room wall or simulated wall) shall intermediate steps) is not considered a air space separating the sensor mass be the minimum distance in accordance variable defrost control. A variable from the hardware. with the manufacturer’s instructions. defrost control feature should predict 2.5 Conditions for all-refrigerators. 2.9 Steady State Condition. Steady the accumulation of frost on the There shall be no load in the freezer state conditions exist if the temperature evaporator and react accordingly. compartment during the test. measurements in all measured Therefore, the times between defrost 2.6 The cabinet and its refrigerating compartments taken at four minute should vary with different usage mechanism shall be assembled and set intervals or less during a stabilization patterns and include a continuum of up in accordance with the printed period are not changing at a rate greater ° ° lengths of time between defrosts as consumer instructions supplied with than 0.042 F. (0.023 C.) per hour as inputs vary. the cabinet. Set-up of the refrigerator or determined by the applicable condition of A or B. 2. Test Conditions refrigerator-freezer shall not deviate from these instructions, unless A. The average of the measurements 2.1 Ambient Temperature. The explicitly required or allowed by this during a two hour period if no cycling ambient temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1 °F occurs or during a number of complete ± ° test procedure. Specific required or (32.2 0.6 C) during the stabilization allowed deviations from such set-up repetitive compressor cycles through a period and the test period. include the following: period of no less than two hours is 2.2 Operational Conditions. The (a) Connection of water lines and compared to the average over an electric refrigerator or electric installation of water filters are not equivalent time period with three hours refrigerator-freezer shall be installed and required; elapsed between the two measurement its operating conditions maintained in (b) Clearance requirements from periods. B. If A above cannot be used, the accordance with HRF–1–1979, surfaces of the product shall be as average of the measurements during a (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), described in section 2.8 below; number of complete repetitive section 7.2 through section 7.4.3.3, (c) The electric power supply shall be compressor cycles through a period of except that the vertical ambient as described in HRF–1–1979 no less than two hours and including temperature gradient at locations 10 (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) the last complete cycle prior to a defrost inches (25.4 cm) out from the centers of section 7.4.1; the two sides of the unit being tested is (d) Temperature control settings for period, or if no cycling occurs, the to be maintained during the test. Unless testing shall be as described in section average of the measurements during the the area is obstructed by shields or 3 below. Settings for convertible last two hours prior to a defrost period; baffles, the gradient is to be maintained compartments and other temperature- are compared to the same averaging from 2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor controllable or special compartments period prior to the following defrost or supporting platform to a height 1 foot shall be as described in section 2.7 of period. 2.10 Exterior air for externally (30.5 cm) above the unit under test. this appendix; vented refrigerator or refrigerator- Defrost controls are to be operative. (e) The product does not need to be freezer. An exterior air source shall be Other exceptions and provisions to the anchored or otherwise secured to provided with adjustable temperature cited sections of HRF–1–1979 are noted prevent tipping during energy testing; and pressure capabilities. The exterior in sections 2.3 through 2.8, and 5.1 of and air temperature shall be adjustable from this appendix. (f) All the product’s chutes and 2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. 35 ± 1 °F (1.7 ± 0.6 °C) to 90 ± 1 °F (32.2 throats required for the delivery of ice The anti-sweat heater switch is to be ± 0.6 °C). on during one test and off during a shall be free of packing, covers, or other 2.10.1 Air duct. The exterior air second test. In the case of an electric blockages that may be fitted for shipping shall pass from the exterior air source to refrigerator-freezer with variable anti- or when the icemaker is not in use. the test unit through an insulated air sweat heater control, the standard cycle For cases in which set-up is not clearly duct. energy use shall be the result of the defined by this test procedure, 2.10.2 Air temperature calculation described in 6.2.3. manufacturers must submit a petition measurement. The air temperature 2.4 Conditions for Automatic Defrost for a waiver (see section 7). entering the condenser or condenser/ Refrigerator-Freezers. For automatic 2.7 Compartments that are compressor compartment shall be defrost refrigerator-freezers, the freezer convertible (e.g., from fresh food to maintained to ± 3 °F (1.7 °C) during the compartments shall not be loaded with freezer) shall be operated in the highest stabilization and test periods and shall any frozen food packages during testing. energy use position. For the special case be measured at the inlet point of the Cylindrical metallic masses of of convertible separate auxiliary condenser or condenser/compressor dimensions 1.12 ± 0.25 inches (2.9 ± 0.6 compartments, this means that the compartment (‘‘condenser inlet’’). cm) in diameter and height shall be compartment shall be treated as a Temperature measurements shall be attached in good thermal contact with freezer compartment or a fresh food taken from at least three temperature each temperature sensor within the compartment, depending on which of sensors or one sensor per 4 square refrigerated compartments. All these represents higher energy use. inches of the air duct cross sectional temperature measuring sensor masses Special compartments shall be tested area, whichever is greater, and shall be shall be supported by low-thermal- with controls set to provide the coldest averaged. For a unit that has a conductivity supports in such a manner temperature. This requirement for the condenser air fan, a minimum of three to ensure that there will be at least 1 coldest temperature does not apply to temperature sensors at the condenser inch (2.5 cm) of air space separating the features or functions associated with fan discharge shall be required. thermal mass from contact with any temperature control (such as fast chill Temperature sensors shall be arranged

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78863

to be at the centers of equally divided equally close to the average, the higher Compartments. For separate auxiliary cross sectional areas. The exterior air of these temperature control settings convertible compartments tested as temperature, at its source, shall be shall be used. A second test shall be freezer compartments, the median measured and maintained to ± 1 °F (0.6 performed with all controls set at their setting shall be within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of °C) during the test period. The warmest setting or all controls set at the standardized temperature, and the temperature measuring devices shall their coldest setting (not electrically or warmest setting shall be above 10 °F have an error not greater than ± 0.5 °F mechanically bypassed). For all- (¥12.2 °C). For separate auxiliary (± 0.3 °C). Measurements of the air refrigerators, this setting shall be the convertible compartments tested as temperature during the test period shall appropriate setting that attempts to fresh food compartments, the median be taken at regular intervals not to achieve compartment temperatures setting shall be within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of exceed four minutes. measured during the two tests which the standardized temperature, and the 2.10.3 Exterior air static pressure. bound (i.e., one is above and one is coldest setting shall be below 40 °F (4.4 The exterior air static pressure at the below) the standardized temperature for °C). For compartments where control inlet point of the unit shall be adjusted all-refrigerators. For refrigerators and settings are not expressed as particular to maintain a negative pressure of 0.20″ refrigerator-freezers, the second test temperatures, the measured temperature ± 0.05″ water column (62 Pa ± 12.5 Pa) shall be conducted with all controls at of the convertible compartment rather for all air flow rates supplied to the unit. their coldest setting, unless all than the settings shall meet the The pressure sensor shall be located on compartment temperatures measured specified criteria. a straight duct with a distance of at least during the first part of the test are lower * * * * * 7.5 times the diameter of the duct than the standardized temperatures, in upstream and a distance of at least 3 which case the second test shall be 4. Test Period times the diameter of the duct conducted with all controls at their Tests shall be performed by downstream. There shall be four static warmest setting. If (a) the measured establishing the conditions set forth in pressure taps at 90°angles apart. The temperature of any compartment with section 2, and using the control settings four pressures shall be averaged by all controls set at their coldest settings set forth in section 3. interconnecting the four pressure taps. is above its standardized temperature, a 4.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the The air pressure measuring instrument third test shall be performed with all model being tested has no automatic shall have an error not greater than 0.01″ controls set at their warmest settings defrost system, the test time period shall water column (2.5 Pa). and the result of this test shall be used start after steady-state conditions have been achieved and be no less than 3 3. Test Control Settings with the result of the test performed with all controls set at their coldest hours in duration. During the test * * * * * settings to determine energy period, the compressor motor shall 3.2 Model with User Operable consumption. If (b) the measured complete two or more whole Temperature Control. Testing shall be temperatures of all compartments with compressor cycles. (A compressor cycle performed in accordance with one of the all controls set at their warmest settings is a complete ‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ following sections using the are below their standardized period of the motor). If no ‘‘off’’ cycling standardized temperatures of: temperatures then the result of this test will occur, as determined during the ° ° All-Refrigerator: 38 F (3.3 C) fresh alone will be used to determine energy stabilization period, the test period shall food compartment temperature; ° ¥ ° consumption. If neither (a) nor (b) be 3 hours. If incomplete cycling occurs Refrigerator: 15 F ( 9.4 C) freezer (i.e. less than two compressor cycles ° ° occur, then the results of the first two compartment temperature, 45 F (7.2 C) tests shall be used to determine energy during a 24-hour period), the results of fresh food compartment temperature; ° ¥ ° consumption. the 24-hour period shall be used. Refrigerator-Freezer: 5 F ( 15 C) 4.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model ° 3.2.2 Alternatively, a first test may freezer compartment temperature, 45 F being tested has an automatic defrost ° be performed with all temperature (7.2 C) fresh food compartment controls set at their warmest setting. If system, the test time period shall start temperature. the measured temperatures of all after steady-state conditions have been For the purposes of comparing compartments for this test are below achieved and be from one point during compartment temperatures with their standardized temperatures then a defrost period to the same point standardized temperatures, as described the result of this test alone will be used during the next defrost period. If the in sections 3.2.1 through 3.2.3, the to determine energy consumption. If model being tested has a long-time freezer compartment temperature shall this condition is not met, then the unit automatic defrost system, the alternative be as specified in section 5.1.4, and the shall be tested in accordance with 3.2.1 provisions of 4.2.1 may be used. If the fresh food compartment temperature of this appendix. model being tested has a variable defrost shall be as specified in section 5.1.3. 3.2.3 Alternatively, a first test may control, the provisions of section 4.2.2 3.2.1 A first test shall be performed be performed with all temperature shall apply. If the model has a dual with all compartment temperature controls set at their coldest setting. If the compressor system with automatic controls set at their median position measured temperature of any defrost for both systems, the provisions midway between their warmest and compartment for this test is above its of 4.2.3 shall apply. coldest settings. For mechanical control standardized temperature, a second test 4.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. systems, knob detents shall be shall be performed with all controls set If the model being tested has a long-time mechanically defeated if necessary to at their warmest settings and the result automatic defrost system, the test time attain a median setting. For electronic of this test shall be used with the result period may consist of two parts. The control systems, the test shall be of the test performed with all controls first part would be the same as the test performed with all compartment set at their coldest settings to determine for a unit having no defrost provisions temperature controls set at the average energy consumption. If this condition is (section 4.1). The second part would of the coldest and warmest settings—if not met, then the unit shall be tested in start when a defrost cycle is initiated there is no setting equal to this average, accordance with 3.2.1 of this appendix. when the compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle is the setting closest to the average shall be 3.2.4 Temperature Settings for terminated prior to start of the defrost used. If there are two such settings Separate Auxiliary Convertible heater and terminates at the second turn

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78864 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

‘‘on’’ of the compressor or 4 hours from whichever comes first. See diagram in the initiation of the defrost heater, Figure 1 to this section.

4.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the measurements need be taken in an all- of the test period specified in section model being tested has a variable defrost refrigerator model. 4.2.1. For models with variable defrost control system, the test shall consist of If the interior arrangements of the controls, compartment temperatures the same two parts as the test for long- cabinet do not conform with those shall be those measured in the first part time automatic defrost (section 4.2.1). shown in Figure 7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1– of the test period specified in section 4.2.3 Dual Compressor Systems with 1979, the product may be tested by 4.2.2. Automatic Defrost. If the model being relocating the temperature sensors from 5.1.2.1 The number of complete tested has separate compressor systems the locations specified in the figures to compressor cycles over which the for the refrigerator and freezer sections, avoid interference with hardware or measured temperatures in a each with its own automatic defrost components within the cabinet, in compartment are to be averaged to system, then the two-part method in which case the specific locations used determine compartment temperature 4.2.1 shall be used. The second part of for the temperature sensors shall be shall be equal to the number of minutes the method will be conducted noted in the test data records between measured temperature separately for each automatic defrost maintained by the manufacturer, and readings, rounded up to the next whole system. The components (compressor, the certification report shall indicate minute or a number of complete fan motors, defrost heaters, anti-sweat that non-standard sensor locations were compressor cycles over a time period heaters, etc.) associated with each used. exceeding 1 hour, whichever is greater. system will be identified and their * * * * * One of the compressor cycles shall be energy consumption will be separately 5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. the last complete compressor cycle measured during each test. The compartment temperature for each during the test period. 5.1.2.2 If no compressor cycling 5. Test Measurements test period shall be an average of the measured temperatures taken in a occurs, the compartment temperature 5.1 Temperature Measurements. compartment during one or more shall be the average of the measured Temperature measurements shall be complete compressor cycles. One temperatures taken during the last 32 made at the locations prescribed in compressor cycle is one complete motor minutes of the test period. Figures 7.1 and 7.2 of HRF–1–1979 ‘‘on’’ and one complete motor ‘‘off’’ 5.1.2.3 If incomplete compressor (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) period. For long-time automatic defrost cycling occurs, the compartment and shall be accurate to within ± 0.5 °F models, compartment temperatures temperatures shall be the average of the (0.3 °C). No freezer temperature shall be those measured in the first part measured temperatures taken during the

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.011 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78865

last three hours of the last complete 5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. T2 and T3 = length of time in minutes of the compressor ‘‘on’’ period. If the two-part test method is used, the second test part for the freezer and 5.1.3 Fresh Food Compartment energy consumption in kilowatt-hours refrigerator systems respectively; Temperature. The fresh food per day shall be calculated equivalent CTF = compressor run time between freezer defrosts (in hours rounded to the nearest compartment temperature shall be to: tenth of an hour); and × ¥ × calculated as: ET = (1440 EP1/T1) + (EP2 (EP1 CTR = compressor run time between T2/T1)) × (12/CT) refrigerator defrosts (in hours rounded to Where: the nearest tenth of an hour). ET and 1440 are defined in 5.2.1.1; * * * * * EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 6. Calculation of Derived Results From Where: during the first part of the test; Test Measurements R is the total number of applicable fresh EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours food compartments, which include during the second part of the test; * * * * * the first fresh food compartment T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the 6.2.1.2 If one of the fresh food first and second test parts respectively; compartment temperatures measured for and any number of separate CT = defrost timer run time or compressor auxiliary fresh food compartments a test period is greater than 38.0 °F (3.3 run time between defrosts in hours ° (including separate auxiliary required to cause it to go through a C), the average per-cycle energy convertible compartments tested as complete cycle, rounded to the nearest consumption shall be equivalent to: fresh food compartments in tenth of an hour; and E = ET1 + ((ET2¥ET1) × (38.0 ¥ TR1)/ accordance with section 2.7); 12 = factor to adjust for a 50-percent run time (TR2 ¥ TR1)) TR is the compartment temperature of of the compressor in hours per day. i Where: fresh food compartment ‘‘i’’ 5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per determined in accordance with E is defined in 6.2.1.1; day shall be calculated equivalent to: ET is defined in 5.2.1; section 5.1.2; and ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × TR = Fresh food compartment temperature VRi is the volume of fresh food T2/T1)) × (12/CT), determined according to 5.1.3 in degrees compartment ‘‘i’’. F; 5.1.4 Freezer Compartment Where: The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements Temperature. The freezer compartment 1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, taken during the first and second test period as appropriate; and temperature shall be calculated as: T2, and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2; CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM ¥ CTL) + CTL); 38.0 = Standardized fresh food compartment CTL = least or shortest compressor run time temperature in degrees F. between defrosts in hours rounded to the * * * * * nearest tenth of an hour (greater than or 6.2.2.2 If the conditions of 6.2.2.1 do equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 not exist, the per-cycle energy Where: hours); consumption shall be defined by the F is the total number of applicable freezer CTM = maximum compressor run time between defrosts in hours rounded to the higher of the two values calculated by compartments, which include the first the following two formulas: freezer compartment and any number of nearest tenth of an hour (greater than separate auxiliary freezer compartments CTL but not more than 96 hours); E = ET1 + ((ET2¥ET1) × (45.0 ¥ TR1)/ (including separate auxiliary convertible F = ratio of per day energy consumption in (TR2 ¥ TR1)) compartments tested as freezer excess of the least energy and the and compartments in accordance with maximum difference in per-day energy E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (k ¥ TF1)/ section 2.7); consumption and is equal to 0.20; ¥ For variable defrost models with no values (TF2 TF1)) TFi is the compartment temperature of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the Where: accordance with section 5.1.2; and default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, E is defined in 6.2.1.1; respectively. VFi is the volume of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’. ET is defined in 5.2.1; * * * * * 5.2.1.4 Dual Compressor Systems TR and numbers 1 and 2 are defined in 6.2.1.2; 5.2.1 Per-day Energy Consumption. with Dual Automatic Defrost. The two- part test method in section 4.1.2.4 must TF = Freezer compartment temperature The energy consumption in kilowatt- determined according to 5.1.4 in degrees hours per day for each test period shall be used, and the energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be F; be the energy expended during the test 45.0 is a specified fresh food compartment period as specified in section 4 adjusted calculated equivalent to: temperature in degrees F; and to a 24-hour period. The adjustment ET = (1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2F ¥ (EPF k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators or 5.0 for shall be determined as follows: × T2/T1)) × (12/CTF) + (EP2R ¥ refrigerator-freezers each being standardized freezer compartment 5.2.1.1 Nonautomatic and Automatic (EPR × T3/T1)) × (12/CTR) temperature in degrees F. Defrost Models. The energy Where: consumption in kilowatt-hours per day * * * * * 1440, EP1, T1, EP2, 12, and CT are defined 6.2.3 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater shall be calculated equivalent to: in 5.2.1.2; Models. The standard cycle energy ET = EP × 1440/T EPF = freezer system energy in kilowatt-hours expended during the first part of the test; consumption of an electric refrigerator- Where: EP2F = freezer system energy in kilowatt- freezer with a variable anti-sweat heater ET = test cycle energy expended in kilowatt- hours expended during the second part control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt- hours per day; of the test for the freezer system; hours per day, shall be calculated EP = energy expended in kilowatt-hours EPR= refrigerator system energy in kilowatt- equivalent to: during the test period; hours expended during the first part of T = length of time of the test period in the test; Estd = E + (Correction Factor) where E is minutes; and EP2R = refrigerator system energy in kilowatt- determined by 6.2.1.1, 6.2.1.2, 1440 = conversion factor to adjust to a 24- hours expended during the second part 6.2.2.1, or 6.2.2.2, whichever is hour period in minutes per day. of the test for the refrigerator system; appropriate, with the anti-sweat

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.012 ER16DE10.013 78866 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

heater switch in the ‘‘off’’ position Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity or, for products without anti-sweat Watts at 5%RH) = the nominal watts used by all heaters ° heater switches, the anti-sweat + 0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH) at that specific relative humidity, 72 F + 0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH) ° heater in its lowest energy use state. (22.2 C) ambient, and DOE reference + 0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH) temperatures of fresh food (FF) average Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater + 0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH) temperature of 45 °F (7.2 °C) and freezer Power × System-loss Factor) × (24 + 0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH) (FZ) average temperature of 5 °F (¥15 + 0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH) × °C). hrs/1 day) (1 kW/1000 W) + 0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH) System-loss Factor = 1.3 Where: + 0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH) + 0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH) * * * * *

7. Test Procedure Waivers obtaining a waiver, please refer to 10 1. Definitions CFR 430.27. Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–2008 To the extent that the procedures (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) ■ contained in this appendix do not 7. Add a new Appendix B to subpart applies to this test procedure. provide a means for determining the B of part 430 to read as follows: 1.1 ‘‘Adjusted total volume’’ means the energy consumption of a refrigerator or Appendix B to Subpart B of Part 430— product of the freezer volume as defined in refrigerator-freezer, a manufacturer must Uniform Test Method for Measuring the HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 to Energy Consumption of Freezers § 430.3) in cubic feet multiplied by an establish an acceptable test procedure adjustment factor. for each such product. Such instances The provisions of Appendix B shall apply 1.2 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device could, for example, include situations to all products manufactured on or after the incorporated into the design of a freezer to where the test set-up for a particular effective date of any amended standards prevent the accumulation of moisture on refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer basic promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section exterior or interior surfaces of the cabinet. model is not clearly defined by the 325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and 1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ means a provisions of section 2. For details Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the user-controllable switch or user interface Energy Independence and Security Act of which modifies the activation or control of regarding the criteria and procedures for 2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). anti-sweat heaters.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.014 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78867

1.4 ‘‘Automatic defrost’’ means a system 1.15 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ means an 2.5 Special compartments shall be tested in which the defrost cycle is automatically automatic defrost system in which successive with controls set to provide the coldest initiated and terminated, with resumption of defrost cycles are determined by an operating temperature. However, for special normal refrigeration at the conclusion of condition variable or variables other than compartments in which temperature control defrost operation. The system automatically solely compressor operating time. This is achieved using the addition of heat prevents the permanent formation of frost on includes any electrical or mechanical device (including resistive electric heating, all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated performing this function. A control scheme refrigeration system waste heat, or heat from food temperatures are maintained during the that changes the defrost interval from a fixed any other source, but excluding the transfer operation of the automatic defrost system. length to an extended length (without any of air from another part of the interior of the 1.5 ‘‘Automatic icemaker’’ means a device intermediate steps) is not considered a product) for any part of the controllable that can be supplied with water without user variable defrost control. A variable defrost temperature range of that compartment, the intervention, either from a pressurized water control feature should predict the product energy use shall be determined by supply system or by transfer from a water accumulation of frost on the evaporator and averaging two sets of tests. The first set of reservoir, that automatically produces, react accordingly. Therefore, the times tests shall be conducted with such special harvests, and stores ice in a storage bin, with between defrost should vary with different compartments at their coldest settings, and means to automatically interrupt the usage patterns and include a continuum of the second set of tests shall be conducted harvesting operation when the ice storage bin lengths of time between defrosts as inputs with such special compartments at their is filled to a pre-determined level. vary. warmest settings. The requirements for the 1.6 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours warmest or coldest temperature settings of for which the energy use of a freezer is 2. Test Conditions this section do not apply to features or calculated as though the consumer-activated 2.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient functions associated with temperature compartment temperature controls were set temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1.0 °F (32.2 ± 0.6 control (such as quick freeze) that are to maintain the standardized temperature °C) during the stabilization period and the initiated manually and terminated (see section 3.2). test period. automatically within 168 hours. 1.7 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test 2.2 Operational Conditions. The freezer 2.6 The space between the back of the conditions having the calculated effect of shall be installed and its operating conditions cabinet and a vertical surface (the test room operating a freezer for a period of 24 hours maintained in accordance with HRF–1–2008, wall or simulated wall) shall be the with the consumer-activated controls other (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), minimum distance in accordance with the than the compartment temperature control sections 5.3 through section 5.5.5.5 (but manufacturer’s instructions. However, the set to establish various operating excluding sections 5.5.5.2 and 5.5.5.4). The clearance shall not be greater than 2 inches characteristics. quick freeze option shall be switched off (51 mm) from the plane of the cabinet’s back ‘‘ ’’ 1.8 HRF–1–2008 means AHAM except as specified in section 3.1. Additional panel to the vertical surface. If permanent Standard HRF–1–2008, Association of Home clarifications are noted in sections 2.3 rear spacers extend further than this distance, Appliance Manufacturers, Energy and through 2.6. the appliance shall be located with the Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances 2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat spacers in contact with the vertical surface. (2008), including Errata to Energy and heater switch is to be on during one test and 2.7 Steady State Condition. Steady-state Internal Volume of Refrigerating Appliances, off during a second test. In the case of an conditions exist if the temperature Correction Sheet issued November 17, 2009. measurements taken at 4-minute intervals or electric freezer with variable anti-sweat Only sections of HRF–1–2008 (incorporated less during a stabilization period are not heater control, the standard cycle energy use by reference; see § 430.3) specifically changing at a rate greater than 0.042 °F (0.023 shall be the result of the calculation referenced in this test procedure are part of °C) per hour as determined by the applicable described in 6.2.2. this test procedure. In cases where there is condition of A or B described below. 2.4 The cabinet and its refrigerating a conflict, the language of the test procedure A—The average of the measurements mechanism shall be assembled and set up in in this appendix takes precedence over HRF– during a 2-hour period if no cycling occurs accordance with the printed consumer 1–2008. or during a number of complete repetitive instructions supplied with the cabinet. Set- 1.9 ‘‘Long-time automatic defrost’’ means compressor cycles occurring through a period up of the freezer shall not deviate from these an automatic defrost system where of no less than 2 hours is compared to the successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 instructions, unless explicitly required or average over an equivalent time period with hours or more of compressor operating time. allowed by this test procedure. Specific 3 hours elapsing between the two 1.10 ‘‘Quick freeze’’ means an optional required or allowed deviations from such set- measurement periods. feature on freezers that is initiated manually. up include the following: B—If A above cannot be used, the average It bypasses the thermostat control and (a) Connection of water lines and of the measurements during a number of operates continually until the feature is installation of water filters are not required; complete repetitive compressor cycles terminated either manually or automatically. (b) Clearance requirements from surfaces of occurring through a period of no less than 2 1.11 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ the product shall be as described in section hours and including the last complete cycle means a freezer compartment other than the 2.6 below; before a defrost period (or if no cycling first freezer compartment of a freezer having (c) The electric power supply shall be as occurs, the average of the measurements more than one compartment. Access to a described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by during the last 2 hours before a defrost separate auxiliary compartment is through a reference; see § 430.3) section 5.5.1; period) are compared to the same averaging separate exterior door or doors rather than (d) Temperature control settings for testing period before the following defrost period. through the door or doors of another shall be as described in section 3 of this compartment. Separate auxiliary freezer appendix. Settings for special compartments 3. Test Control Settings compartments may not be larger than the first shall be as described in section 2.5 of this 3.1 Model with No User Operable freezer compartment. appendix; Temperature Control. A test shall be 1.12 ‘‘Special compartment’’ means any (e) The product does not need to be performed during which the compartment compartment without doors directly anchored or otherwise secured to prevent temperature and energy use shall be accessible from the exterior, and with tipping during energy testing; measured. A second test shall be performed separate temperature control that is not (f) All the product’s chutes and throats with the temperature control electrically convertible from fresh food temperature required for the delivery of ice shall be free short circuited to cause the compressor to range to freezer temperature range. of packing, covers, or other blockages that run continuously. If the model has the quick 1.13 ‘‘Stabilization period’’ means the may be fitted for shipping or when the freeze option, this option must be used to total period of time during which steady-state icemaker is not in use; and bypass the temperature control. conditions are being attained or evaluated. (g) Ice storage bins shall be emptied of ice. 3.2 Model with User Operable 1.14 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the cycle For cases in which set-up is not clearly Temperature Control. Testing shall be type in which the anti-sweat heater switch, defined by this test procedure, manufacturers performed in accordance with one of the when provided, is set in the highest energy- must submit a petition for a waiver (see following sections using the standardized consuming position. section 7). temperature of 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C).

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78868 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

For the purposes of comparing compartment coldest and warmest settings—if there is no tests bound the standardized temperature, temperatures with standardized setting equal to this average, the setting then these test results shall be used to temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 closest to the average shall be used. If there determine energy consumption. If the and 3.2.2, the freezer compartment are two such settings equally close to the compartment temperature measured with all temperature shall be as specified in section average, the higher of these temperature controls set at their coldest setting is above 5.1.3. control settings shall be used. A second test the standardized temperature, the tested unit 3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with shall be performed with all controls set at all temperature controls set at their median either their warmest or their coldest setting fails the test and cannot be rated. If the position midway between their warmest and (not electrically or mechanically bypassed), compartment temperature measured with all coldest settings. For mechanical control whichever is appropriate, to attempt to controls set at their warmest setting is below systems, knob detents shall be mechanically achieve compartment temperatures measured the standardized temperature, then the result defeated if necessary to attain a median during the two tests which bound (i.e., one of this test alone will be used to determine setting. For electronic control systems, the is above and one is below) the standardized energy consumption. Also see Table 1 below, test shall be performed with all compartment temperature. If the compartment which summarizes these requirements. temperature controls set at the average of the temperatures measured during these two

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR FREEZERS

First test Second test Energy calculation based on: Settings Results Settings Results

Mid ...... Low ...... Warm ...... Low ...... Second Test Only...... High ...... First and Second Tests. High ...... Cold ...... Low ...... First and Second Tests...... High ...... No Energy Use Rating.

3.2.2 Alternatively, a first test may be 4.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model being the last regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle must performed with all temperature controls set tested has an automatic defrost system, the be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the average at their warmest setting. If the compartment test time period shall start after steady-state temperature of the compartment measured temperature is below the standardized conditions have been achieved and be from for the first part of the test. If any compressor temperature, then the result of this test alone one point during a defrost period to the same cycles occur prior to the defrost heater being will be used to determine energy point during the next defrost period. If the energized that cause the average temperature consumption. If this condition is not met, model being tested has a long-time automatic in the compartment to deviate from the first then the unit shall be tested in accordance defrost system, the alternate provisions of part temperature by more than 0.5 °F (0.3 °C), with section 3.2.1. 4.2.1 may be used. If the model being tested these compressor cycles are not considered has a variable defrost control, the provisions regular compressor cycles and must be 4. Test Period of 4.2.2 shall apply. included in the second part of the test. As an Tests shall be performed by establishing 4.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If the example, a ‘‘precool’’ cycle, which is an the conditions set forth in section 2 and model being tested has a long-time automatic extended compressor cycle that lowers the using the control settings as set forth in defrost system, the two-part test described in compartment temperature prior to energizing section 3 above. this section may be used. The first part is a the defrost heater, must be included in the 4.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model stable period of compressor operation that second part of the test. The test period for the being tested has no automatic defrost system, includes no portions of the defrost cycle, second part of the test ends at the initiation the test time period shall start after steady- such as precooling or recovery, that is of the first regular compressor cycle after the state conditions have been achieved and be otherwise the same as the test for a unit compartment temperatures have fully no less than 3 hours in duration. During the having no defrost provisions (section 4.1). recovered to their stable conditions. The test period, the compressor motor shall The second part is designed to capture the average temperature of the compartment complete two or more whole compressor energy consumed during all of the events measured from this initiation of the first cycles. (A compressor cycle is a complete occurring with the defrost control sequence regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle until the ‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ period of the that are outside of stable operation. initiation of the next regular compressor ‘‘on’’ motor.) If no ‘‘off’’ cycling will occur, as 4.2.1.1 Cycling Compressor System. For a cycle must be within 0.5 °F (0.3 °C) of the determined during the stabilization period, system with a cycling compressor, the second average temperature of the compartment the test period shall be 3 hours. If incomplete part starts at the termination of the last measured for the first part of the test. The cycling occurs (less than two compressor regular compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle. The average second part of the test may be terminated cycles during a 24-hour period), the results temperature of the compartment measured after 4 hours if the above conditions cannot of the 24-hour period shall be used. from the termination of the previous be met. See Figure 1. compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle to the termination of

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78869

4.2.1.2 Non-cycling Compressor System. (0.3 °C) of the average temperature of the (0.3 °C) of the average temperature of the For a system with a non-cycling compressor, compartment measured for the first part of compartment measured for the first part of the second part starts at a time before defrost the test. The second part stops at a time after the test. The second part of the test may be during stable operation when the defrost during stable operation when the terminated after 4 hours if the above compartment temperature is within 0.5 °F compartment temperature is within 0.5 °F conditions cannot be met. See Figure 2.

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.015 78870 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

4.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the 5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The model being tested has a variable defrost measured temperature is to be the average of control system, the test shall consist of the all sensor temperature readings taken at a same two parts as the test for long-time particular point in time. Measurements shall Where: automatic defrost (section 4.2.1). be taken at regular intervals not to exceed 4 F is the total number of applicable freezer minutes. 5. Test Measurements compartments, which include the first 5.1 Temperature Measurements. 5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The freezer compartment and any number of Temperature measurements shall be made at compartment temperature for each test separate auxiliary freezer compartments; period shall be an average of the measured the locations prescribed in Figure 5–2 of TFi is the compartment temperature of HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see temperatures taken during the test period as freezer compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in § 430.3) and shall be accurate to within ± 0.5 defined in section 4. For long-time automatic accordance with section 5.1.2; and ° ° F (0.3 C). defrost models, compartment temperature VFi is the volume of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’. If the interior arrangements of the cabinet shall be that measured in the first part of the 5.2 Energy Measurements: do not conform with those shown in Figure test period specified in section 4.2.1. For 5.2.1 Per-Day Energy Consumption. The 5.2 of HRF–1–2008, the product may be models with variable defrost controls, energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per tested by relocating the temperature sensors compartment temperatures shall be those from the locations specified in the figures to day for each test period shall be the energy measured in the first part of the test period expended during the test period as specified avoid interference with hardware or specified in section 4.2.2. components within the cabinet, in which in section 4 adjusted to a 24-hour period. The 5.1.3 Freezer Compartment Temperature. case the specific locations used for the adjustment shall be determined as follows: temperature sensors shall be noted in the test The freezer compartment temperature shall 5.2.1.1 Nonautomatic and Automatic data records maintained by the manufacturer, be calculated as: Defrost Models. The energy consumption in and the certification report shall indicate that kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated non-standard sensor locations were used. equivalent to:

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.016 ER16DE10.017 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78871

ET = (EP × 1440 × K)/T In the case of freezers with automatic Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater Power icemakers, the volume occupied by the × System-loss Factor) × (24 hrs/1 day) × Where: automatic icemaker, including its ice storage (1 kW/1000 W) ET = test cycle energy expended in kilowatt- bin, is to be included in the volume Where: hours per day; measurement. EP = energy expended in kilowatt-hours Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater during the test period; 6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test Watts at 5%RH) T = length of time of the test period in Measurements + 0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH) minutes; 6.1 Adjusted Total Volume. The adjusted + 0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH) 1440 = conversion factor to adjust to a 24- total volume, VA, for freezers under test shall + 0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH) hour period in minutes per day; and be defined as: + 0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH) K = dimensionless correction factor of 0.7 for × + 0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH) chest freezers and 0.85 for upright VA = VT CF + 0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH) freezers to adjust for average household Where: + 0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH) usage. VA = adjusted total volume in cubic feet; + 0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH) 5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet; + 0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH) the two-part test method is used, the energy and Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall CF = dimensionless correction factor of 1.76. = the nominal watts used by all heaters be calculated equivalent to: at that specific relative humidity, 72 °F 6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy ° ET = (1440 × K × EP1/T1) + (EP2¥(EP1 Consumption ambient (22.2 C), and DOE reference × × × freezer (FZ) average temperature of 0 °F T2/T1)) K (12/CT) 6.2.1 The average per-cycle energy ¥ ° consumption for a cycle type is expressed in ( 17.8 C). Where: kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one System-loss Factor = 1.3 ET, 1440, and K are defined in section hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall 7. Test Procedure Waivers 5.2.1.1; depend on the compartment temperature To the extent that the procedures EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours attainable as shown below. during the first part of the test; 6.2.1.1 If the compartment temperature is contained in this appendix do not provide a EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours always below 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C), the average means for determining the energy during the second part of the test; per-cycle energy consumption shall be consumption of a freezer, a manufacturer CT = defrost timer run time or compressor equivalent to: must obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 run time between defrosts in hours to establish an acceptable test procedure for required to cause it to go through a E = ET1 + IET each such product. Such instances could, for complete cycle, rounded to the nearest Where: example, include situations where the test tenth of an hour; set-up for a particular freezer basic model is E = total per-cycle energy consumption in 12 = conversion factor to adjust for a 50 not clearly defined by the provisions of kilowatt-hours per day; percent run time of the compressor in section 2. For details regarding the criteria ET is defined in 5.2.1; hours per day; and and procedures for obtaining a waiver, please The number 1 indicates the test period T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the refer to 10 CFR 430.27. during which the highest compartment first and second test parts respectively. temperature is measured; and ■ 8. Appendix B1 to subpart B of part 5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 430 is amended by: energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per equals 0.23 for a product with an ■ a. Adding an introductory paragraph day shall be calculated equivalent to: automatic icemaker and otherwise equals × × ¥ after the appendix heading; ET = (1440 K EP1/T1) + (EP2 (EP1 0 (zero). ■ b. Revising section 1. Definitions; × × × T2/T1)) K (12/CT), 6.2.1.2 If one of the compartment ■ c. In section 2. Test Conditions, by: temperatures measured for a test period is ■ Where: ° ° 1. Revising sections 2.1 and 2.2; greater than 0.0 F (17.8 C), the average per- ■ ET, K, and 1440 are defined in section cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent 2. Redesignating section 2.3 as 2.7; ■ 5.2.1.1; to: 3. Adding new sections 2.3 through EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 12 are defined in ¥ × ¥ 2.6; section 5.2.1.2; E = ET1 + ((ET2 ET1) (0.0 TF1)/ ■ d. In section 3. Test Control Settings, (TF2 ¥ TF1)) + IET CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM¥CTL) + by: Where: ■ CTL) 1. Revising sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.2.1; E and IET are defined in 6.2.1.1 and ET is ■ 2. Removing section 3.3; Where: defined in 5.2.1; ■ e. Revising section 4, Test Period; CTL = least or shortest compressor run time TF = freezer compartment temperature ■ f. In section 5, Test Measurements, by: between defrosts in hours rounded to the determined according to 5.1.3 in degrees ■ 1. Revising sections 5.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.2.1, nearest tenth of an hour (greater than or F; equal to 6 hours but less than or equal 5.1.2.2, 5.1.2.3, 5.2.1.2, and 5.2.1.3; The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements ■ to 12 hours); taken during the first and second test 2. Adding new section 5.1.3; ■ CTM = maximum compressor run time period as appropriate; and 3. Removing section 5.2.1.4; ■ between defrosts in hours rounded to the 0.0 = standardized compartment temperature g. In section 6. Calculation of Derived nearest tenth of an hour (greater than in degrees F. Results From Test Measurements, by: CT but not more than 96 hours); ■ L 6.2.2 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models. 1. Revising section 6.2.1.2; F = ratio of per day energy consumption in ■ 2. Adding a new section 6.2.2 excess of the least energy and the The standard cycle energy consumption of an electric freezer with a variable anti-sweat ■ h. Adding new section 7, Waivers. maximum difference in per-day energy The additions and revisions read as consumption and is equal to 0.20. heater control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt- For variable defrost models with no values hours per day, shall be calculated equivalent follows: to: for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the Appendix B1 to Subpart B of Part 430— default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, Estd = E + (Correction Factor) where E is Uniform Test Method for Measuring the respectively. determined by 6.2.1.1, or 6.2.1.2, Energy Consumption of Freezers 5.3 Volume Measurements. The total whichever is appropriate, with the anti- refrigerated volume, VT, shall be measured in sweat heater switch in the ‘‘off’’ position The provisions of Appendix B1 shall apply accordance with HRF–1–2008, (incorporated or, for a product without an anti-sweat to all products manufactured prior to the by reference; see § 430.3), section 3.30 and heater switch, the anti-sweat heater in its effective date of any amended standards sections 4.2 through 4.3. lowest energy use state. promulgated by DOE pursuant to Section

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 78872 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

325(b)(4) of the Energy Policy and accessible from the exterior, and with (c) The electric power supply shall be as Conservation Act of 1975, as amended by the separate temperature control that is not described in HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by Energy Independence and Security Act of convertible from fresh food temperature reference; see § 430.3) section 7.4.1; 2007 (to be codified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(b)(4)). range to freezer temperature range. (d) Temperature control settings for testing 1.12 ‘‘Stabilization Period’’ means the shall be as described in section 3 of this 1. Definitions total period of time during which steady-state appendix. Settings for special compartments Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–1979 conditions are being attained or evaluated. shall be as described in section 2.5 of this (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) 1.13 ‘‘Standard cycle’’ means the cycle appendix; applies to this test procedure. type in which the anti-sweat heater switch, (e) The product does not need to be 1.1 Adjusted total volume’’ means the when provided, is set in the highest energy anchored or otherwise secured to prevent product of, (1) the freezer volume as defined consuming position. tipping during energy testing; and in HRF–1–1979 in cubic feet, times (2) an 1.14 ‘‘Variable defrost control’’ means an (f) All the product’s chutes and throats adjustment factor. automatic defrost system in which successive required for the delivery of ice shall be free 1.2 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater’’ means a device defrost cycles are determined by an operating of packing, covers, or other blockages that incorporated into the design of a freezer to condition variable or variables other than may be fitted for shipping or when the prevent the accumulation of moisture on solely compressor operating time. This icemaker is not in use. exterior or interior surfaces of the cabinet. includes any electrical or mechanical device For cases in which set-up is not clearly 1.3 ‘‘Anti-sweat heater switch’’ means a performing this function. A control scheme defined by this test procedure, manufacturers user-controllable switch or user interface that changes the defrost interval from a fixed must submit a petition for a waiver (see which modifies the activation or control of length to an extended length (without any section 7). anti-sweat heaters. intermediate steps) is not considered a 2.5 Special compartments shall be tested 1.4 ‘‘Automatic Defrost’’ means a system variable defrost control. A variable defrost with controls set to provide the coldest in which the defrost cycle is automatically control feature should predict the temperature. This requirement for the coldest initiated and terminated, with resumption of accumulation of frost on the evaporator and temperature does not apply to features or normal refrigeration at the conclusion of react accordingly. Therefore, the times functions (such as quick freeze) that are defrost operation. The system automatically between defrost should vary with different initiated manually and terminated prevents the permanent formation of frost on usage patterns and include a continuum of automatically within 168 hours. all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated lengths of time between defrosts as inputs 2.6 The space between the back of the food temperatures are maintained during the vary. cabinet and a vertical surface (the test room operation of the automatic defrost system. * * * * * wall or simulated wall) shall be the 1.5 ‘‘Cycle’’ means the period of 24 hours minimum distance in accordance with the for which the energy use of a freezer is 2. Test Conditions manufacturer’s instructions. calculated as though the consumer-activated compartment temperature controls were set 2.1 Ambient Temperature. The ambient * * * * * temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1.0 °F (32.2 ± 0.6 to maintain the standardized temperature ° 3. Test Control Settings (see section 3.2). C) during the stabilization period and the 1.6 ‘‘Cycle type’’ means the set of test test period. 3.1 Model with No User Operable conditions having the calculated effect of 2.2 Operational Conditions. The freezer Temperature Control. A test shall be operating a freezer for a period of 24 hours shall be installed and its operating conditions performed during which the compartment with the consumer-activated controls other maintained in accordance with HRF–1–1979, temperature and energy use shall be than the compartment temperature control (incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), measured. A second test shall be performed set to establish various operating section 7.2 through section 7.4.3.3 (but with the temperature control electrically characteristics. excluding section 7.4.3.2), except that the short circuited to cause the compressor to 1.7 ‘‘HRF–1–1979’’ means the Association vertical ambient gradient at locations 10 run continuously. If the model has the quick of Home Appliance Manufacturers standard inches (25.4 cm) out from the centers of the freeze option, this option must be used to for household refrigerators, combination two sides of the unit being tested is to be bypass the temperature control. refrigerator-freezers, and household freezers, maintained during the test. Unless the area 3.2 Model with User Operable also approved as an American National is obstructed by shields or baffles, the Temperature Control. Testing shall be Standard as a revision of ANSI B 38.1–1970. gradient is to be maintained from 2 inches performed in accordance with one of the (5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting following sections using the standardized Only sections of HRF–1–1979 (incorporated ° ¥ ° by reference; see § 430.3) specifically platform to a height 1 foot (30.5 cm) above temperature of 0.0 F ( 17.8 C). referenced in this test procedure are part of the unit under test. Defrost controls are to be For the purposes of comparing compartment this test procedure. In cases where there is operative. The quick freeze option shall be temperatures with standardized a conflict, the language of the test procedure switched off except as specified in section temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 in this appendix takes precedence over HRF– 3.1. Additional clarifications are noted in through 3.2.3, the freezer compartment 1–1979. sections 2.3 through 2.6. temperature shall be as specified in section 1.8 ‘‘Long-time Automatic Defrost’’ means 2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat 5.1.3. an automatic defrost system where heater switch is to be on during one test and 3.2.1 A first test shall be performed with successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 off during a second test. In the case of an all temperature controls set at their median hours or more of compressor-operating time. electric freezer equipped with variable anti- position midway between their warmest and 1.9 ‘‘Quick freeze’’ means an optional sweat heater control, the standard cycle coldest settings. For mechanical control feature on freezers that is initiated manually. energy use shall be the result of the systems, knob detents shall be mechanically It bypasses the thermostat control and calculation described in 6.2.2. defeated if necessary to attain a median operates continually until the feature is 2.4 The cabinet and its refrigerating setting. For electronic control systems, the terminated either manually or automatically. mechanism shall be assembled and set up in test shall be performed with all compartment 1.10 ‘‘Separate auxiliary compartment’’ accordance with the printed consumer temperature controls set at the average of the means a freezer compartment other than the instructions supplied with the cabinet. Set- coldest and warmest settings—if there is no first freezer compartment of a freezer having up of the freezer shall not deviate from these setting equal to this average, the setting more than one compartment. Access to a instructions, unless explicitly required or closest to the average shall be used. If there separate auxiliary compartment is through a allowed by this test procedure. Specific are two such settings equally close to the separate exterior door or doors rather than required or allowed deviations from such set- average, the higher of these temperature through the door or doors of another up include the following: control settings shall be used. If the compartment. Separate auxiliary freezer (a) Connection of water lines and compartment temperature measured during compartments may not be larger than the first installation of water filters are not required; the first test is higher than the standardized freezer compartment. (b) Clearance requirements from surfaces of temperature, the second test shall be 1.11 ‘‘Special compartment’’ means any the product shall be as specified in section conducted with the controls set at the coldest compartment without doors directly 2.6 below; settings. If the compartment temperature

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations 78873

measured during the first test is lower than the locations prescribed in Figure 7.2 of consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall the standardized temperature, the second test HRF–1–1979 (incorporated by reference; see be calculated equivalent to: shall be conducted with the controls set at § 430.3) and shall be accurate to within ± 0.5 × × ¥ ° ° ET = (1440 K EP1/T1) + (EP2 EP1 the warmest settings. If the compartment F (0.3 C). × × × temperatures measured during these two If the interior arrangements of the cabinet T2/T1)) K (12/CT) tests bound the standardized temperature, do not conform with those shown in Figure Where: then these test results shall be used to 7.2 of HRF–1–1979, the product may be ET, 1440, and K are defined in section determine energy consumption. If the tested by relocating the temperature sensors 5.2.1.1; compartment temperature measured with all from the locations specified in the figures to EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours controls set at their coldest settings is above avoid interference with hardware or during the first part of the test; the standardized temperature, a third test components within the cabinet, in which EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours shall be performed with all controls set at case the specific locations used for the during the second part of the test; their warmest settings and the result of this temperature sensors shall be noted in the test CT = defrost timer run time or compressor test shall be used with the result of the test data records maintained by the manufacturer, run time between defrosts in hours performed with all controls set at their and the certification report shall indicate that required to cause it to go through a coldest settings to determine energy non-standard sensor locations were used. complete cycle, rounded to the nearest consumption. If the compartment * * * * * tenth of an hour; temperature measured with all controls set at 5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The 12 = conversion factor to adjust for a 50 their warmest settings is below the compartment temperature for each test percent run time of the compressor in standardized temperature, then the result of period shall be an average of the measured hours per day; and this test alone will be used to determine temperatures taken during one or more T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the energy consumption. complete compressor cycles. One compressor first and second test parts respectively. * * * * * cycle is one complete motor ‘‘on’’ and one 5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The complete motor ‘‘off’’ period. For long-time 4. Test Period energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per automatic defrost models, compartment day shall be calculated equivalent to: Tests shall be performed by establishing temperature shall be that measured in the the conditions set forth in section 2 and first part of the test period specified in ET = (1440 × K × EP1/T1) + (EP2¥(EP1 × T2/ using the control settings as set forth in section 4.2.1. For models equipped with T1)) × K × (12/CT), section 3 of this appendix. variable defrost controls, compartment Where: 4.1 Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model temperatures shall be those measured in the ET, K, and 1440 are defined in section 5.2.1.1 being tested has no automatic defrost system, first part of the test period specified in and EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 12 are defined the test time period shall start after steady- section 4.2.2. in section 5.2.1.2. state conditions have been achieved and be 5.1.2.1 The number of complete no less than 3 hours in duration. During the compressor cycles over which the measured CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F× (CTM¥CTL) + test period, the compressor motor shall temperatures in a compartment are to be CTL) complete two or more whole compressor averaged to determine compartment Where: cycles. A compressor cycle is a complete ‘‘on’’ temperature shall be equal to the number of and a complete ‘‘off’’ period of the motor. If minutes between measured temperature CTL = least or shortest compressor run time no ‘‘off’’ cycling will occur, as determined readings rounded up to the next whole between defrosts in hours rounded to the during the stabilization period, the test minute or a number of complete compressor nearest tenth of an hour (greater than or period shall be 3 hours. If incomplete cycling cycles over a time period exceeding 1 hour. equal to 6 hours but less than or equal occurs (less than two compressor cycles One of the compressor cycles shall be the last to 12 hours); during a 24-hour period), the results of the complete compressor cycle during the test CTM = maximum compressor run time 24-hour period shall be used. period before start of the defrost control between defrosts in hours rounded to the 4.2 Automatic Defrost. If the model being sequence for products with automatic nearest tenth of an hour (greater than tested has an automatic defrost system, the defrost. CTL but not more than 96 hours); test time period shall start after steady-state 5.1.2.2 If no compressor cycling occurs, F = ratio of per day energy consumption in conditions have been achieved and be from the compartment temperature shall be the excess of the least energy and the one point during a defrost period to the same average of the measured temperatures taken maximum difference in per-day energy point during the next defrost period. If the during the last 32 minutes of the test period. consumption and is equal to 0.20. model being tested has a long-time automatic 5.1.2.3 If incomplete compressor cycling For variable defrost models with no values defrost system, the alternate provisions of occurs (less than one compressor cycle), the for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the 4.2.1 may be used. If the model being tested compartment temperature shall be the default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, has a variable defrost control, the provisions average of all readings taken during the last respectively. of 4.2.2 shall apply. 3 hours of the last complete compressor ‘‘on’’ * * * * * 4.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If the period. 6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test model being tested has a long-time automatic 5.1.3 Freezer Compartment Temperature. Measurements defrost system, the two-part test described in The freezer compartment temperature shall this section may be used. The first part is the be calculated as: * * * * * same as the test for a unit having no defrost 6.2.1.2 If one of the compartment provisions (section 4.1). The second part temperatures measured for a test period is ° ° would start when a defrost is initiated when greater than 0.0 F (17.8 C), the average per- the compressor ‘‘on’’ cycle is terminated prior cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent to start of the defrost heater and terminates to: Where: at the second turn ‘‘on’’ of the compressor or ¥ × ¥ F is the total number of applicable freezer E = ET1 + ((ET2 ET1) (0.0 TF1)/ 4 hours from the initiation of the defrost (TF2 ¥ TF1)) heater, whichever comes first. compartments, which include the first 4.2.2 Variable Defrost Control. If the freezer compartment and any number of Where: model being tested has a variable defrost separate auxiliary freezer compartments; E is defined in 6.2.1.1; control system, the test shall consist of the TFi is the compartment temperature of ET is defined in 5.2.1; same two parts as the test for long-time freezer compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in TF = freezer compartment temperature automatic defrost (section 4.2.1). accordance with section 5.1.2; and determined according to 5.1.3 in degrees VFi is the volume of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’. F; 5. Test Measurements * * * * * The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements 5.1 Temperature Measurements. 5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If taken during the first and second test Temperature measurements shall be made at the two part test method is used, the energy period as appropriate; and

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2 ER16DE10.018 78874 Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 241 / Thursday, December 16, 2010 / Rules and Regulations

0.0 = Standardized compartment temperature + 0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH) and procedures for obtaining a waiver, please in degrees F. + 0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH) refer to 10 CFR 430.27. * * * * * + 0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH) ■ 9. In § 430.32, revise paragraph (a) 6.2.2 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models. + 0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH) introductory text to read as follows: The standard cycle energy consumption of an + 0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH) electric freezer with a variable anti-sweat + 0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH) § 430.32 Energy and water conservation heater control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt- Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity standards and their effective dates. hours per day, shall be calculated equivalent = the nominal watts used by all heaters *** to: at that specific relative humidity, 72 °F (a) Refrigerators/refrigerator-freezers/ ° Estd = E + (Correction Factor) where E is (22.2 C) ambient, and DOE reference freezers. These standards do not apply determined by 6.2.1.1, or 6.2.1.2, freezer (FZ) average temperature of 0 °F ¥ ° to refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers whichever is appropriate, with the ( 17.8 C). with total refrigerated volume exceeding System-loss Factor = 1.3. anti-sweat heater switch in the ‘‘off’’ 39 cubic foot (1104 liters) or freezers position or, for a product without * * * * * with total refrigerated volume exceeding an anti-sweat heater switch, the 7. Test Procedure Waivers 30 cubic foot (850 liters). The energy anti-sweat heater in its lowest To the extent that the procedures standards as determined by the energy use state. equations of the following table shall be Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater contained in this appendix do not provide a means for determining the energy rounded off to the nearest kWh per year. Power × System-loss Factor) × (24 × consumption of a freezer, a manufacturer If the equation calculation is halfway hrs/1 day) (1 kW/1000 W) must obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 between the nearest two kWh per year Where: to establish an acceptable test procedure for values, the standard shall be rounded Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater each such product. Such instances could, for up to the higher of these values. Watts at 5%RH) example, include situations where the test * * * * * + 0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH) set-up for a particular freezer basic model is + 0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH) not clearly defined by the provisions of [FR Doc. 2010–30071 Filed 12–15–10; 8:45 am] + 0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH) section 2. For details regarding the criteria BILLING CODE 6450–01–P

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:07 Dec 15, 2010 Jkt 223001 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM 16DER2 emcdonald on DSK2BSOYB1PROD with RULES2